Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form 10-Q
 
     
þ   QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
     
    for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2010 or
     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
     
    for the transition period from                                             to                                            
Commission file number 001-15062
 
TIME WARNER INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware   13-4099534
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
One Time Warner Center
New York, NY 10019-8016

(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)
(212) 484-8000
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
     
Large accelerated filer þ
  Accelerated filer o
Non-accelerated filer o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o       No þ
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.
     
    Shares Outstanding
Description of Class   as of April 27, 2010
Common Stock – $.01 par value
  1,139,714,948
 
 

 


 

TIME WARNER INC.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION
     
    Page
PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
   
  1
  18
  19
  20
  21
  22
  23
  40
 
   
   
  47
  47
  48
  48
  49
  EX-4.1
  EX-10.1
  EX-10.2
  EX-31.1
  EX-31.2
  EX-32
  EX-101 INSTANCE DOCUMENT
  EX-101 SCHEMA DOCUMENT
  EX-101 CALCULATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
  EX-101 LABELS LINKBASE DOCUMENT
  EX-101 PRESENTATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
  EX-101 DEFINITION LINKBASE DOCUMENT

 


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION
INTRODUCTION
     Management’s discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial condition (“MD&A”) is a supplement to the accompanying consolidated financial statements and provides additional information on Time Warner Inc.’s (“Time Warner” or the “Company”) businesses, current developments, financial condition, cash flows and results of operations. MD&A is organized as follows:
   
Overview. This section provides a general description of Time Warner’s business segments, as well as recent developments the Company believes are important in understanding the results of operations and financial condition or in understanding anticipated future trends.
   
Results of operations. This section provides an analysis of the Company’s results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2010. This analysis is presented on both a consolidated and a business segment basis. In addition, a brief description is provided of significant transactions and events that affect the comparability of the results being analyzed.
   
Financial condition and liquidity. This section provides an analysis of the Company’s financial condition as of March 31, 2010 and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2010.
   
Caution concerning forward-looking statements. This section provides a description of the use of forward-looking information appearing in this report, including in MD&A and the consolidated financial statements.

1


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
OVERVIEW
     Time Warner is a leading media and entertainment company, whose major businesses encompass an array of the most respected and successful media brands. Among the Company’s brands are HBO, TNT, CNN, Warner Bros., New Line Cinema, People , Sports Illustrated and Time . During the three months ended March 31, 2010, the Company generated revenues of $6.322 billion (up 5% from $5.996 billion in 2009), Operating Income of $1.463 billion (up 43% from $1.024 billion in 2009), Net Income attributable to Time Warner shareholders of $725 million (up 10% from $660 million in 2009) and Cash Provided by Operations from Continuing Operations of $1.356 billion (up 16% from $1.165 billion in 2009).
Time Warner Businesses
     Time Warner classifies its operations into three reportable segments: Networks, Filmed Entertainment and Publishing. For additional information regarding Time Warner’s business segments, refer to Note 12, “Segment Information” to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
      Networks. Time Warner’s Networks segment is comprised of Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. (“Turner”) and Home Box Office, Inc. (“HBO”). During the three months ended March 31, 2010, the Networks segment generated revenues of $2.958 billion (46% of the Company’s overall revenues) and $1.201 billion in Operating Income.
     Turner operates domestic and international networks, including such recognized brands as TNT, TBS, CNN, Cartoon Network, truTV and HLN, which are among the leaders in advertising-supported cable television networks. The Turner networks generate revenues principally from providing programming to cable system operators, satellite distribution services, telephone companies and other distributors (known as affiliates) that have contracted to receive and distribute this programming and from the sale of advertising. Key contributors to Turner’s success are its strong brands and continued investments in high-quality, popular programming focused on sports, original and syndicated series, news, network movie premieres and animation to drive audience delivery and revenue growth. During the first quarter of 2010, Turner benefited from an improved advertising environment domestically and in certain international territories, which contributed to advertising growth. This growth was partially offset by audience declines at its news networks.
     HBO operates the HBO and Cinemax multichannel premium pay television programming services, with the HBO service ranking as the nation’s most widely distributed premium pay television service. HBO generates revenues principally from providing programming to affiliates that have contracted to receive and distribute such programming to subscribers who are generally free to cancel their subscriptions at any time. An additional source of revenues for HBO is the sale and licensing of its original programming, including Entourage , True Blood , The Sopranos , Rome and The Pacific .
     The Company’s Networks segment has been pursuing international expansion in select areas. For example, in the first quarter of 2010, HBO acquired the remainder of its partners’ interests in HBO Central Europe (“HBO CE”) and purchased an additional 21% equity interest in HBO Latin America Group, consisting of HBO Brasil, HBO Olé and HBO Latin America Production Services (collectively, “HBO LAG”), and Turner acquired a majority stake in NDTV Imagine Limited, which owns a Hindi general entertainment channel in India. In recent years, Turner has also expanded its presence in Germany, Japan, Korea, Latin America, Turkey and the United Arab Emirates, and HBO has acquired additional equity interests in HBO Asia, HBO South Asia and HBO LAG. The Company anticipates that international expansion will continue to be an area of focus at the Networks segment for the foreseeable future.
      Filmed Entertainment. Time Warner’s Filmed Entertainment segment is comprised of businesses managed by the Warner Bros. Entertainment Group (“Warner Bros.”) that principally produce and distribute theatrical motion pictures, including Harry Potter and the Half-Blood Prince , The Hangover , The Blind Side and Sherlock Holmes , television shows and videogames. During the three months ended March 31, 2010, the Filmed Entertainment segment generated revenues of $2.694 billion (41% of the Company’s overall revenues) and $307 million in Operating Income.
     The Filmed Entertainment segment’s diversified sources of revenues within its film and television businesses, including its extensive film library and global distribution infrastructure, have helped it to deliver consistent long-term operating performance. Theatrical product revenues principally are generated domestically and internationally through rentals from

2


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
theatrical exhibition and subsequently through licensing fees received for the distribution of films on television networks and pay television programming services. Television product revenues principally are generated domestically and internationally from the licensing of the Filmed Entertainment segment’s programs on television networks and pay television programming services. The Filmed Entertainment segment also generates revenues for both its theatrical and television product through home video distribution on DVD and Blu-ray Discs and in various digital formats.
     Warner Bros. continues to be an industry leader in the television content business. During the 2009-2010 broadcast season, Warner Bros. is producing more than 25 scripted primetime series, with at least one series airing on each of the five broadcast networks (including Two and a Half Men , The Mentalist , The Big Bang Theory , Gossip Girl, Fringe and Chuck ) and original series for several cable networks (including The Closer and Southland ).
     Home video distribution, in particular revenues from the distribution of DVDs, has been one of the largest drivers of the segment’s profits over the last several years. The industry and the Company experienced a decline in home video sales over the past two years as a result of several factors, including the general economic downturn in the U.S. and many regions around the world, increasing competition for consumer discretionary time and spending, piracy and the maturation of the standard definition DVD format. During 2009, the decline in home video revenues was also affected by consumers shifting to subscription rental services and discount rental kiosks, which generate significantly less revenue per transaction than DVD sales. Partially offsetting the softening consumer demand for standard definition DVDs and the shift to rental services were growing sales of high definition Blu-ray Discs and increased electronic delivery, which have higher gross margins than standard definition DVDs.
     To increase operational efficiencies, over the past several years the Filmed Entertainment segment has undertaken restructuring activities to reduce its cost structure and streamline operations, including combining certain operations of its studios and outsourcing certain functions.
      Publishing. Time Warner’s Publishing segment consists principally of magazine publishing and related websites as well as direct-marketing businesses. During the three months ended March 31, 2010, the Publishing segment generated revenues of $799 million (13% of the Company’s overall revenues) and $50 million in Operating Income.
     As of March 31, 2010, Time Inc. published 22 magazines in the U.S., including People , Sports Illustrated , Time , InStyle , Real Simple , Southern Living , Entertainment Weekly and Fortune , and over 90 magazines outside the U.S., primarily through IPC Media (“IPC”) in the U.K. and Grupo Editorial Expansión (“GEE”) in Mexico. The Publishing segment generates revenues primarily from advertising (including advertising on digital properties), magazine subscriptions and newsstand sales. Time Inc. also owns the magazine subscription marketer, Synapse Group, Inc. (“Synapse”), and the school and youth group fundraising company, QSP, Inc. and its Canadian affiliate, Quality Service Programs Inc. (collectively, “QSP”). Advertising sales at the Publishing segment, particularly print advertising sales, were significantly adversely affected by the economic environment during 2009. However, during the first quarter of 2010, the Publishing segment’s domestic magazines began to experience an improvement in Advertising revenues driven by increases in advertising pages sold and online advertising. Time Inc. continues to develop digital content for its magazine websites and has also begun to publish magazine content on e-reader devices. For the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, online Advertising revenues were 14% and 12%, respectively, of Time Inc.’s total Advertising revenues.
     In its ongoing effort to improve efficiency and reduce its cost structure, the Publishing segment executed restructuring initiatives, primarily resulting in headcount reductions, in the fourth quarters of 2009 and 2008, which are expected to benefit the segment’s performance during the remainder of 2010.
Recent Developments
March 2010 Debt Offering and Tender Offer and April 2010 Redemption
     As discussed more fully in “ Financial Condition and Liquidity – Outstanding Debt and Other Financing Arrangements ,” on March 11, 2010, Time Warner issued $2.0 billion aggregate principal amount of debt securities under a shelf registration statement. The Company used a portion of the net proceeds from this debt offering to repurchase $773

3


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
million of the Company’s outstanding 6.75% Notes due 2011 pursuant to a tender offer. On April 22, 2010, the Company redeemed the remaining $227 million aggregate principal amount of the 6.75% Notes due 2011.
Asset Securitization Arrangements
     During the first quarter, the Company repaid the $805 million outstanding under the Company’s two accounts receivable securitization facilities. The Company terminated the two accounts receivable securitization facilities on March 19, 2010 and March 24, 2010, respectively.
HBO LAG
     On March 9, 2010, HBO purchased additional interests in HBO LAG for $217 million in cash, which resulted in HBO owning 80% of the equity interests of HBO LAG. HBO accounts for this investment under the equity method of accounting. See Notes 1 and 2 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
HBO Central Europe Acquisition
     On January 27, 2010, HBO purchased the remainder of its partners’ interests in HBO CE for $136 million in cash, net of cash acquired. HBO CE operates the HBO and Cinemax premium pay television programming services serving 11 territories in Central Europe. The Company has consolidated the results of operations and financial condition of HBO CE effective January 27, 2010. Upon the acquisition of the controlling interest in HBO CE, a gain of $59 million was recognized reflecting the excess of the fair value over the Company’s carrying cost of its original investment in HBO CE. See Note 2 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
Benefit Plan Amendments
     In March 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors approved amendments to its domestic defined benefit pension plans, which generally provide that (i) effective June 30, 2010, benefits provided under the plans will stop accruing for additional years of service and the plans will be closed to new hires and employees with less than one year of service and (ii) after December 31, 2013, pay increases will no longer be taken into consideration when determining a participating employee’s benefits under the plans.
     In addition, effective July 1, 2010, the Company will increase its matching contributions for eligible participants in the Time Warner Savings Plan. Effective January 1, 2011, the Company will also implement a supplemental savings plan that will provide for similar Company matching for eligible participant deferrals above the Internal Revenue Service compensation limits that apply to the Time Warner Savings Plan up to $500,000 of eligible compensation.
     The net effect of these changes is expected to result in a net annual decrease to employee benefit plan expense of approximately $50 million.
NCAA Basketball Programming Agreement
     On April 22, 2010, Turner, together with CBS Broadcasting, Inc. (“CBS”), entered into a 14-year agreement with The National Collegiate Athletic Association (the “NCAA”), which provides Turner and CBS with exclusive television, Internet, and wireless rights to the NCAA Division I Men’s Basketball Championship events (the “NCAA Tournament Games”) in the United States and its territories and possessions.
     Under the terms of the arrangement, Turner and CBS will work together to produce and distribute the NCAA Tournament Games and related programming commencing in 2011. The games will be televised on Turner’s TNT, TBS and truTV networks and on the CBS network and advertising will be sold on a joint basis.
     The aggregate programming rights fee of approximately $10.8 billion, which will be shared by Turner and CBS, will be paid by Turner to the NCAA over the 14-year term of the agreement. Further, Turner and CBS have agreed to share advertising and sponsorship revenues and production costs. In the event, however, that the programming rights fee and

4


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
production costs exceed advertising and sponsorship revenues, CBS’s share of such shortfall is limited to specified annual amounts (the “Loss Cap Amounts”), ranging from approximately $90 million to $30 million (totaling approximately $670 million over the term of the agreement). Beginning in 2011, Turner’s share of the programming rights fee will be amortized based on the ratio of current period advertising revenue to total estimated advertising revenue over the term of the agreement. Any costs recognized and payable by Turner due to the Loss Cap Amounts will be expensed by the Company as incurred.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Changes in Basis of Presentation
     As discussed more fully in Note 1 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements, the 2009 financial information has been recast to reflect the retroactive adoption of amendments to accounting guidance pertaining to the accounting for transfers of financial assets and variable interest entities.
Significant Transactions and Other Items Affecting Comparability
     As more fully described herein and in the related notes to the accompanying consolidated financial statements, the comparability of Time Warner’s results from continuing operations has been affected by significant transactions and certain other items in each period as follows (millions):
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2010   2009
Amounts related to securities litigation and government investigations, net
  $      (11 )   $      (7 )
Gain on consolidated assets
    59       -  
 
       
Impact on Operating Income
    48       (7 )
 
               
Investment losses, net
    (3 )     (13 )
Amounts related to the separation of Time Warner Cable Inc.
    (3 )     (5 )
Premium paid and costs incurred on debt redemption
    (55 )     -  
 
       
Pretax impact
    (13 )     (25 )
Income tax impact of above items
    23       6  
Tax items related to Time Warner Cable Inc.
    -       24  
 
       
After-tax impact
    10       5  
Noncontrolling interest impact
    -       5  
 
       
Impact of items on income from continuing operations attributable to Time Warner Inc. shareholders
  $      10     $      10  
 
       
     In addition to the items affecting comparability above, the Company incurred restructuring costs of $9 million and $36 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. For further discussions of restructuring costs, refer to the “Consolidated Results” and “Business Segment Results” discussions.
Amounts Related to Securities Litigation
     The Company recognized legal reserves as well as legal and other professional fees related to the defense of securities litigation matters by former employees totaling $11 million and $7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

5


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
Gain on Consolidated Assets
     For the three months ended March 31, 2010, the Company, upon the acquisition of the controlling interest in HBO CE, recognized a $59 million gain reflecting the recognition of the excess of the fair value over the Company’s carrying costs of its original investment in HBO CE.
Investment Losses, Net
     For the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company recognized $3 million and $13 million, respectively, of miscellaneous investment losses.
Amounts Related to the Separation of TWC
     For the three months ended March 31, 2010, the Company recognized $3 million of other loss related to the expiration, exercise and net change in the estimated fair value of Time Warner equity awards held by Time Warner Cable Inc. (“TWC”) employees. For the three months ended March 31, 2009, the Company incurred pretax direct transaction costs, primarily legal and professional fees related to the separation of TWC of $5 million, which have been reflected in other loss, net in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.
Premium Paid and Costs Incurred on Debt Redemption
     For the three months ended March 31, 2010, the Company recognized $55 million of premium paid and costs incurred on the repurchase of $773 million of the Company’s outstanding 6.75% Notes due 2011, which was recorded in other loss, net in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.
Income Tax Impact and Tax Items Related to TWC
     The income tax impact reflects the estimated tax or tax benefit associated with each item affecting comparability. Such estimated taxes or tax benefits vary based on certain factors, including the taxability or deductibility of the items and foreign tax on certain transactions. For the three months ended March 31, 2009, the Company also recognized approximately $24 million of tax benefits attributable to the impact of certain state tax law changes on TWC net deferred liabilities.
Noncontrolling Interest Impact
     For the three months ended March 31, 2009, the noncontrolling interest impact of $5 million reflects the minority owner’s share of the tax provision related to changes in certain state tax laws on TWC net deferred liabilities.
Consolidated Results
     The following discussion provides an analysis of the Company’s results of operations and should be read in conjunction with the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.
      Revenues. The components of revenues are as follows (millions):
                         
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2010   2009           % Change       
Subscription
  $      2,212     $      2,073       7 %
Advertising
    1,192       1,105       8 %
Content
    2,793       2,648       5 %
Other
    125       170       (26 %)
 
               
Total revenues
  $      6,322     $      5,996       5 %
 
               

6


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
     The increase in Subscription revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2010 was primarily related to an increase at the Networks segment. Advertising revenues increased for the three months ended March 31, 2010, primarily reflecting growth at the Networks and Publishing segments. The increase in Content revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2010 was due primarily to increases at the Filmed Entertainment and Networks segments.
     Each of the revenue categories is discussed in greater detail by segment in “Business Segment Results.”
      Costs of Revenues. For the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, costs of revenues totaled $3.353 billion and $3.358 billion, respectively, and, as a percentage of revenues, were 53% and 56%, respectively. The segment variations are discussed in detail in “Business Segment Results.”
      Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. For the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased 1% to $1.488 billion in 2010 from $1.501 billion in 2009, due to a decrease at the Publishing segment, partially offset by increases at the Networks, Corporate and Filmed Entertainment segments. The segment variations are discussed in detail in “Business Segment Results.”
     Included in costs of revenues and selling, general and administrative expenses is depreciation expense, which was essentially flat at $164 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 compared to $165 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009.
      Amortization Expense. Amortization expense decreased to $68 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 from $77 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009, mainly due to a decrease at the Filmed Entertainment segment.
      Restructuring Costs. For the three months ended March 31, 2010, the Company incurred restructuring costs of $9 million primarily related to various employee terminations and other exit activities, consisting of $4 million at the Filmed Entertainment segment and $5 million at the Publishing segment.
     For the three months ended March 31, 2009, the Company incurred restructuring costs of $36 million, primarily related to various employee terminations and other exit activities, consisting of $37 million at the Filmed Entertainment segment and a $1 million reversal at the Publishing segment.
      Operating Income. Operating Income increased to $1.463 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2010 from $1.024 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2009. Excluding the items previously noted under “Significant Transactions and Other Items Affecting Comparability” totaling $48 million of income and $7 million of expense for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, Operating Income increased $384 million, primarily reflecting increases at the Networks, Filmed Entertainment and Publishing segments. The segment variations are discussed under “Business Segment Results.”
      Interest Expense, Net. Interest expense, net, decreased to $296 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 from $313 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009. The decrease in interest expense, net was due primarily to lower average net debt.

7


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
      Other Loss, Net. Other loss, net detail is shown in the table below (millions):
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2010   2009
Investment losses, net
  $      (3 )   $      (13 )
Amounts related to the separation of TWC
    (3 )     (5 )
Premium paid and costs incurred on debt redemption
    (55 )     -  
Loss from equity method investees
    -       (10 )
Other
    8       6  
 
       
Other loss, net
  $      (53 )   $      (22 )
 
       
     The changes in investment losses, net, amounts related to the separation of TWC and premium paid and costs incurred on debt redemption are discussed under “Significant Transactions and Other Items Affecting Comparability.”
      Income Tax Provision. Income tax expense from continuing operations was $389 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 compared to $227 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009. The Company’s effective tax rate for continuing operations was 35% for the three months ended March 31, 2010 compared to 33% for the three months ended March 31, 2009. The change is primarily due to the tax benefits related to TWC, as previously discussed, during the three months ended March 31, 2009, partially offset by the benefit of valuation allowance releases during the three months ended March 31, 2010.
      Income from Continuing Operations. Income from continuing operations increased to $725 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 from $462 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009. Excluding the items previously noted under “Significant Transactions and Other Items Affecting Comparability” totaling $10 million and $5 million of income, net for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, income from continuing operations increased by $258 million, primarily reflecting higher Operating Income and lower interest expense, partially offset by higher income tax expense. Basic and diluted income per common share from continuing operations attributable to Time Warner Inc. common shareholders were $0.63 and $0.62, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2010 compared to $0.39 for both for the three months ended March 31, 2009.
      Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax . The financial results for the three months ended March 31, 2009 included the impact of treating the results of operations and financial condition of TWC and AOL Inc. (“AOL”) as discontinued operations. Discontinued operations, net of tax was income of $226 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009 and included TWC’s results for the period from January 1, 2009 through March 12, 2009 and AOL’s results for the period January 1, 2009 through March 31, 2009. For additional information, see Note 2 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
      Net Income Attributable to Noncontrolling Interests. For the three months ended March 31, 2009, net income attributable to noncontrolling interests was $28 million.
      Net Income Attributable to Time Warner Inc. Shareholders. Net income attributable to Time Warner Inc. shareholders was $725 million and $660 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Basic and diluted net income per common share attributable to Time Warner Inc. common shareholders were $0.63 and $0.62, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2010 compared to $0.55 for both for the three months ended March 31, 2009.

8


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
Business Segment Results
      Networks. Revenues and Operating Income of the Networks segment for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows (millions):
                         
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2010   2009             % Change         
Revenues:
                       
Subscription
  $      1,888     $      1,757       7 %
Advertising
    790       723       9 %
Content
    252       206       22 %
Other
    28       20       40 %
 
               
Total revenues
    2,958       2,706       9 %
Costs of revenues (a)
    (1,234 )     (1,213 )     2 %
Selling, general and administrative (a)
    (491 )     (463 )     6 %
Gain on consolidated assets
    59       -       NM
Depreciation
    (84 )     (84 )     -  
Amortization
    (7 )     (10 )     (30 %)
 
               
Operating Income
  $      1,201     $      936       28 %
 
               
 
 
(a)  
Costs of revenues and selling, general and administrative expenses exclude depreciation.
     Subscription revenues increased due primarily to higher domestic subscription rates at both Turner and HBO, international growth and expansion, including the consolidation of HBO CE, and the favorable impact of foreign exchange rates at Turner.
     The increase in Advertising revenues was due primarily to growth at Turner’s domestic entertainment networks, mainly as a result of strong scatter pricing and yield management, as well as growth and expansion at its international entertainment networks, partially offset by a decrease at Turner’s domestic news networks mainly due to audience declines.
     The increase in Content revenues was due primarily to higher ancillary sales of HBO’s original programming, including the domestic basic cable television sale of Entourage , and higher licensing revenues at Turner.
     Costs of revenues increased 2% as higher operating costs were largely offset by lower programming costs. Programming costs decreased 3% to $869 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 from $895 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009. The decrease in programming costs was due primarily to lower expenses related to the timing of licensed programming at HBO and Turner and original programming at Turner, partially offset by international expansion, including the impact of the consolidation of HBO CE. Costs of revenues as a percentage of revenues were 42% and 45% for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
     Selling, general and administrative expenses increased due primarily to merit-based increases in compensation as well as increases in overhead and marketing expenses.
     As previously noted under “Significant Transactions and Other Items Affecting Comparability,” the 2010 results included a $59 million gain that was recognized upon the acquisition of the controlling interest in HBO CE, reflecting the excess of the fair value over the Company’s carrying costs of its original investment in HBO CE.
     Operating Income increased primarily due to the increase in revenues and the $59 million gain on HBO CE, partially offset by higher selling, general and administrative expenses.

9


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
      Filmed Entertainment. Revenues and Operating Income of the Filmed Entertainment segment for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows (millions):
 
                     
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2010   2009             % Change          
Revenues:
                   
Subscription
  $      12     $      9     33%
Advertising
    13       14     (7%)
Content
    2,641       2,553     3%
Other
    28       57     (51%)
 
           
Total revenues
    2,694       2,633     2%
Costs of revenues (a)
    (1,869 )     (1,879 )   (1%)
Selling, general and administrative (a)
    (423 )     (409 )   3%
Restructuring costs
    (4 )     (37 )   (89%)
Depreciation
    (42 )     (40 )   5%
Amortization
    (49 )     (54 )   (9%)
 
           
Operating Income
  $      307     $      214     43%
 
           
 
 
(a)  
Costs of revenues and selling, general and administrative expenses exclude depreciation.
     Content revenues primarily relate to theatrical product (which is content made available for initial exhibition in theaters) and television product (which is content made available for initial airing on television). The components of Content revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows (millions):
 
                     
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2010   2009             % Change          
Theatrical product:
                   
Theatrical film
  $      497     $      486     2%
Home video and electronic delivery
    696       477     46%
Television licensing
    410       382     7%
Consumer products and other
    17       31     (45%)
 
           
Total theatrical product
    1,620       1,376     18%
 
                   
Television product:
                   
Television licensing
    676       823     (18%)
Home video and electronic delivery
    156       157     (1%)
Consumer products and other
    56       61     (8%)
 
           
Total television product
    888       1,041     (15%)
 
Other
    133       136     (2%)
 
           
Total Content revenues
  $      2,641     $      2,553     3%
 
           
     The increase in Content revenues included the positive impact of foreign exchange rates on many of the segment’s international operations.
     Theatrical film revenues in the first quarter of 2010, which included the releases of Valentine’s Day and The Book of Eli as well as carryover revenues from Sherlock Holmes and The Blind Side , increased slightly as compared to revenues in the first quarter of 2009, which included the releases of Watchmen and He’s Just Not that Into You as well as carryover revenues from Gran Torino , The Curious Case of Benjamin Button and Yes Man . Theatrical product revenues from home video and electronic delivery increased primarily due to the quantity and performance of new releases. Significant titles in the first quarter of 2010 included The Blind Side , Sherlock Holmes , Where the Wild Things Are , The Final Destination and

10


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
The Time Traveler’s Wife , while significant titles in the first quarter of 2009 included Body of Lies and Nights in Rodanthe . Theatrical product revenues from television licensing increased due primarily to the timing and number of availabilities, which included Harry Potter and the Order of the Phoenix in the first quarter of 2010.
     The decrease in television product licensing fees was primarily due to the 2009 conclusion of several series with high license fees, including Without a Trace and ER , and the timing of network deliveries of returning series.
     The decrease in costs of revenues resulted primarily from lower television product film costs, partially offset by higher theatrical product advertising and print costs due primarily to the timing and mix of films released and higher manufacturing and related costs associated with the increase in theatrical home video revenues. Film costs decreased to $1.133 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2010 from $1.267 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2009. Included in film costs are net pre-release theatrical film valuation adjustments, which were $0 for the three months ended March 31, 2010 compared to $31 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009. Costs of revenues as a percentage of revenues was 69% for the three months ended March 31, 2010 compared to 71% for the three months ended March 31, 2009.
     The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily the result of merit-based increases in compensation.
     The results for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 included $4 million and $37 million of restructuring costs, respectively, primarily consisting of headcount reductions and the outsourcing of certain functions. The Filmed Entertainment segment expects to incur approximately $10 million of additional restructuring charges during the remainder of 2010.
     The increase in Operating Income was primarily due to the increase in revenues, lower restructuring costs and a decrease in amortization expense primarily relating to film library assets.
      Publishing. Revenues and Operating Income (Loss) of the Publishing segment for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows (millions):
 
                     
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2010   2009             % Change          
Revenues:
                   
Subscription
  $      312     $      307     2%
Advertising
    401       383     5%
Content
    14       19     (26%)
Other
    72       97     (26%)
 
           
Total revenues
    799       806     (1%)
Costs of revenues (a)
    (307 )     (329 )   (7%)
Selling, general and administrative (a)
    (396 )     (466 )   (15%)
Restructuring costs
    (5 )     1     NM
Depreciation
    (29 )     (31 )   (6%)
Amortization
    (12 )     (13 )   (8%)
 
           
Operating Income (Loss)
  $ 50     $ (32 )   NM
 
           
 
 
(a)  
Costs of revenues and selling, general and administrative expenses exclude depreciation.
     Subscription revenues reflected increases at IPC, primarily from the positive impact of foreign exchange rates, partially offset by modest declines in domestic subscription revenues.
     Advertising revenues increased primarily due to improvements in domestic print advertising pages sold and online revenues.

11


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
     The decrease in Other revenues is due primarily to the sale of Southern Living At Home in the third quarter of 2009 and declines at other non-magazine businesses, including Synapse and QSP.
     Costs of revenues decreased 7%, and, as a percentage of revenues, were 38% and 41% for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Costs of revenues for the magazine and online businesses include manufacturing costs (paper, printing and distribution) and editorial-related costs, which together decreased 6% to $286 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 from $305 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009, primarily due to cost savings initiatives and lower paper costs associated with a decline in paper prices. In addition, costs of revenues at the non-magazine businesses declined as a result of lower revenues.
     Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased due primarily to lower marketing expenses, the absence of an $18 million prior year bad debt reserve related to a newsstand wholesaler, lower pension expense and cost savings resulting from Time Inc.’s fourth quarter 2009 restructuring activities.
     The results for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 included $5 million of restructuring costs and a $1 million reversal of restructuring costs, respectively.
     Operating Income increased due primarily to decreases in selling, general and administrative expenses and costs of revenues, partially offset by lower revenues.
      Corporate. Operating Loss of the Corporate segment for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 is as follows (millions):
                     
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2010   2009             % Change          
Selling, general and administrative (a)
  $      (99 )   $      (84 )   18%
Depreciation
    (9 )     (10 )   (10%)
 
           
Operating Loss
  $      (108 )   $      (94 )   15%
 
           
 
 
(a)  
Selling, general and administrative expenses exclude depreciation.
     For the three months ended March 31, 2010, Operating Loss increased compared to the prior year, reflecting merit-based increases in compensation, severance charges and an increase in legal and other professional fees related to the defense of former employees in various lawsuits.
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY
     Management believes that cash generated by or available to the Company should be sufficient to fund its capital and liquidity needs for the foreseeable future, including quarterly dividend payments, the remainder of the $3 billion common stock repurchase program and scheduled debt repayments. Time Warner’s sources of cash include cash provided by operations, cash and equivalents on hand, available borrowing capacity under its committed credit facilities and commercial paper program and access to capital markets. Time Warner’s unused committed capacity at March 31, 2010 was $12.109 billion, including $5.167 billion of cash and equivalents.
Current Financial Condition
     At March 31, 2010, Time Warner had $16.647 billion of debt, $5.167 billion of cash and equivalents (net debt, defined as total debt less cash and equivalents, of $11.480 billion) and $33.311 billion of shareholders’ equity, compared to $16.208 billion of debt, $4.733 billion of cash and equivalents (net debt of $11.475 billion) and $33.396 billion of shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2009.

12


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
     The following table shows the significant items contributing to the increase in consolidated net debt from December 31, 2009 to March 31, 2010 (millions):
         
Balance at December 31, 2009
  $      11,475  
Cash provided by operations from continuing operations
    (1,356 )
Cash used by discontinued operations
    23  
Capital expenditures
    89  
Dividends paid to common stockholders
    248  
Investments and acquisitions, net (a)
    475  
Proceeds from the sale of investments (a)
    (29 )
Repurchases of common stock (b)
    514  
All other, net
    41  
 
   
Balance at March 31, 2010 (c)
  $ 11,480  
 
   
 
 
(a)  
Refer to “Investing Activities” below for further detail.
 
(b)  
Refer to “Financing Activities” below for further detail.
 
(c)  
Included in the net debt balance is $16 million that represents the unamortized fair value adjustment recognized as a result of the merger of AOL and Historic TW Inc.
     On January 28, 2010, Time Warner’s Board of Directors increased the amount remaining on its common stock repurchase program to $3.0 billion for purchases beginning January 1, 2010. Purchases under the stock repurchase program may be made from time to time on the open market and in privately negotiated transactions. The size and timing of these purchases are based on a number of factors, including price and business and market conditions. From January 1, 2010 through April 30, 2010, the Company repurchased approximately 22 million shares of common stock for approximately $666 million pursuant to trading programs under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Cash Flows
     Cash and equivalents increased by $434 million, including $23 million of cash used by discontinued operations, for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and increased by $5.854 billion, including $337 million of cash provided by discontinued operations, for the three months ended March 31, 2009. Components of these changes are discussed below in more detail.
Operating Activities from Continuing Operations
     Details of cash provided by operations from continuing operations are as follows (millions):
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2010   2009
Operating Income
  $      1,463     $      1,024  
Depreciation and amortization
    232       242  
Gain on consolidated assets
    (59 )     -  
Net interest payments (a)
    (148 )     (130 )
Net income taxes paid (b)
    (80 )     (64 )
Noncash equity-based compensation
    90       65  
Restructuring payments, net of accruals
    (52 )     (49 )
All other, net, including working capital changes
    (90 )     77  
 
       
Cash provided by operations from continuing operations
  $ 1,356     $ 1,165  
 
       
 
 
(a)  
Includes interest income received of $5 million and $11 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
(b)  
Includes income tax refunds received of $8 million and $44 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and aggregate income tax sharing payments to TWC and AOL of $0 and $24 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

13


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
     Cash provided by operations from continuing operations increased to $1.356 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2010 from $1.165 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2009. The increase in cash provided by operations from continuing operations was related primarily to an increase in Operating Income, partially offset by cash used by working capital. Working capital is subject to wide fluctuations based on the timing of cash transactions related to production schedules, the acquisition of programming, collection of accounts receivable and similar items.
Investing Activities from Continuing Operations
     Details of cash provided (used) by investing activities from continuing operations are as follows (millions):
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2010   2009
Investments in available-for-sale securities
  $      (1 )   $      (2 )
Investments and acquisitions, net of cash acquired:
               
HBO LAG
    (217 )     -  
HBO CE
    (136 )     -  
All other
    (121 )     (42 )
Capital expenditures
    (89 )     (101 )
Proceeds from the TWC Special Dividend
    -       9,253  
Proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale securities
    -       5  
All other investment and sale proceeds
    29       44  
 
       
Cash provided (used) by investing activities from continuing operations
  $      (535 )   $      9,157  
 
       
     Cash used by investing activities from continuing operations was $535 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 compared to cash provided by investing activities from continuing operations of $9.157 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2009. The change in cash provided (used) by investing activities from continuing operations was primarily due to the Company’s receipt of $9.253 billion on March 12, 2009 as its portion of the payment by TWC of the special cash dividend of $10.27 per share to all holders of TWC Class A Common Stock and TWC Class B Common Stock as of the close of business on March 11, 2009 (the “Special Dividend”) in connection with the separation of TWC from the Company, as well as an increase in investments and acquisitions.
Financing Activities from Continuing Operations
     Details of cash used by financing activities from continuing operations are as follows (millions):
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2010   2009
Borrowings (a)
  $      2,092     $      3,507  
Debt repayments (a)
    (1,669 )     (8,074 )
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options
    42       -  
Excess tax benefit on stock options
    1       -  
Principal payments on capital leases
    (4 )     (4 )
Repurchases of common stock
    (514 )     -  
Dividends paid
    (248 )     (226 )
Other financing activities
    (64 )     (8 )
 
       
Cash used by financing activities from continuing operations
  $ (364 )   $ (4,805 )
 
       
 
 
(a)  
The Company reflects borrowings under its bank credit agreements on a gross basis and short-term commercial paper on a net basis in the accompanying consolidated statement of cash flows.

14


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
     Cash used by financing activities from continuing operations decreased to $364 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 from $4.805 billion for the three months ended March 31, 2009. The decrease in cash used by financing activities from continuing operations was primarily due to a decrease in debt repayments, partially offset by an increase in repurchases of common stock made in connection with the Company’s common stock repurchase program.
Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations
     Cash used by discontinued operations was $23 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 as compared to cash provided by discontinued operations of $337 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009, which primarily reflected the cash activity of AOL.
Outstanding Debt and Other Financing Arrangements
Outstanding Debt and Committed Financial Capacity
     At March 31, 2010, Time Warner had total committed capacity, defined as maximum available borrowings under various existing debt arrangements and cash and short-term investments, of $28.852 billion. Of this committed capacity, $12.109 billion was unused and $16.647 billion was outstanding as debt. At March 31, 2010, total committed capacity, outstanding letters of credit, outstanding debt and total unused committed capacity were as follows (millions):
                                 
                            Unused  
    Committed     Letters of     Outstanding     committed  
    Capacity (a)   Credit (b)   Debt (c)   capacity
Cash and equivalents
  $      5,167     $      -     $      -     $      5,167  
Revolving bank credit agreement and commercial paper program
    6,900       79       -       6,821  
Fixed-rate public debt
    16,450       -       16,450       -  
Other obligations (d)(e)
    335       17       197       121  
 
               
Total
  $      28,852     $      96     $      16,647     $      12,109  
 
               
 
 
(a)  
The revolving bank credit agreement, commercial paper program and public debt of the Company rank pari passu with the senior debt of the respective obligors thereon. The maturity profile of the Company’s outstanding debt and other financing arrangements is relatively long-term, with a weighted average maturity of 13.0 years as of March 31, 2010.
 
(b)  
Represents the portion of committed capacity reserved for outstanding and undrawn letters of credit.
 
(c)  
Represents principal amounts adjusted for premiums and discounts. The Company’s public debt matures as follows: $1.227 billion in 2011 (including $227 million that was redeemed in April 2010), $2.000 billion in 2012, $1.300 billion in 2013, $0 in 2014, $0 billion in 2015 and $12.031 billion thereafter.
 
(d)  
Includes committed financings by subsidiaries under local bank credit agreements.
 
(e)  
Includes debt due within the next twelve months of $33 million that relates to capital lease and other obligations.
March 2010 Debt Offering and Tender Offer and April 2010 Redemption
     On March 3, 2010, Time Warner filed a shelf registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission that allows it to offer and sell from time to time debt securities, preferred stock, common stock and warrants to purchase debt and equity securities. On March 11, 2010, Time Warner issued $2.0 billion aggregate principal amount of debt securities under the shelf registration statement, consisting of $1.4 billion aggregate principal amount of 4.875% Notes due 2020 and $600 million aggregate principal amount of 6.200% Debentures due 2040 (the “2010 Debt Offering”). The securities issued pursuant to the 2010 Debt Offering are guaranteed, on an unsecured basis, by Historic TW Inc. (“Historic TW”). In addition, Turner and HBO have guaranteed, on an unsecured basis, Historic TW’s guarantee of the securities.
     The net proceeds to the Company from the 2010 Debt Offering were $1.984 billion, after deducting underwriting discounts. The Company used a portion of the net proceeds from the 2010 Debt Offering to repurchase $773 million of the Company’s outstanding 6.75% Notes due 2011 pursuant to a tender offer. The premium paid and costs incurred for the repurchase of $773 million of the 6.75% Notes due 2011 was $55 million and was recorded in other loss, net in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. On April 22, 2010, the Company redeemed the remaining $227

15


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
million aggregate principal amount of the 6.75% Notes due 2011 pursuant to a notice of redemption dated March 23, 2010. Accordingly, the 6.75% Notes due 2011 are reflected as debt due within one year in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The premium paid and costs incurred on the repurchase of the remaining $227 million of the 6.75% Notes due 2011 was $14 million, and will be recorded in other loss, net in the second quarter 2010 consolidated statement of operations.
Asset Securitization Arrangements
     During the first quarter of 2010, the Company repaid the $805 million outstanding under the Company’s two accounts receivable securitization facilities. The Company terminated the two accounts receivable securitization facilities on March 19, 2010 and March 24, 2010, respectively.
Programming Licensing Backlog
     Programming licensing backlog represents the amount of future revenues not yet recorded from cash contracts for the licensing of theatrical and television product for pay cable, basic cable, network and syndicated television exhibition. Backlog was approximately $4.3 billion and $4.5 billion at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Included in these amounts is licensing of film product from the Filmed Entertainment segment to the Networks segment in the amount of $1.1 billion at both March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009.
CAUTION CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
     This document contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. Forward-looking statements often include words such as “anticipates,” “estimates,” “expects,” “projects,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes” and words and terms of similar substance in connection with discussions of future operating or financial performance. Examples of forward-looking statements in this document include, but are not limited to, statements regarding the adequacy of the Company’s liquidity to meet its needs for the foreseeable future, the incurrence of additional restructuring charges in 2010, the impact of plan amendments on employee benefit plan expenses, the timing of programming expenditures, the impact of restructuring activities in 2010 and the Company’s international expansion plans.
     The Company’s forward-looking statements are based on management’s current expectations and assumptions regarding the Company’s business and performance, the economy and other future conditions and forecasts of future events, circumstances and results. As with any projection or forecast, they are inherently susceptible to uncertainty and changes in circumstances. The Company’s actual results may differ materially from those set forth in its forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause the Company’s actual results to differ materially from those in its forward-looking statements include government regulation, economic, strategic, political and social conditions and the following factors:
   
recent and future changes in technology, services and standards, including, but not limited to, alternative methods for the delivery and storage of digital media and the maturation of the standard definition DVD format;
 
   
changes in consumer behavior, including changes in spending or saving behavior and changes in when, where and how they consume digital media;
 
   
changes in the Company’s plans, initiatives and strategies, and consumer acceptance thereof;
 
   
changes in advertising expenditures due to, among other things, the shift of advertising expenditures from traditional to digital media, pressure from public interest groups, changes in laws and regulations and other societal, political, technological and regulatory developments;
 
   
competitive pressures, including, as a result of audience fragmentation;
 
   
the popularity of the Company’s content;
 
   
piracy and the Company’s ability to protect its content and intellectual property rights;
 
   
lower than expected valuations associated with the cash flows and revenues at Time Warner’s segments, which could result in Time Warner’s inability to realize the value of recorded intangibles and goodwill at those segments;
 
   
the Company’s ability to deal effectively with an economic slowdown or other economic or market difficulty;

16


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION – (Continued)
   
decreased liquidity in the capital markets, including any reduction in the Company’s ability to access the capital markets for debt securities or obtain bank financings on acceptable terms;
 
   
the effects of any significant acquisitions, dispositions and other similar transactions by the Company;
 
   
the failure to meet earnings expectations;
 
   
the adequacy of the Company’s risk management framework;
 
   
changes in applicable accounting policies;
 
   
the impact of terrorist acts, hostilities, natural disasters and pandemic viruses;
 
   
changes in tax laws; and
 
   
the other risks and uncertainties detailed in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009.
     Any forward-looking statements made by the Company in this document speak only as of the date on which they are made. The Company is under no obligation to, and expressly disclaims any obligation to, update or alter its forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, subsequent events or otherwise.

17


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
Item 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Item 4. Controls and Procedures.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
     The Company, under the supervision and with the participation of its management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s “disclosure controls and procedures” (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed or submitted by the Company under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and that information required to be disclosed by the Company is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management to allow timely decisions regarding the required disclosure.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
     There have not been any changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended March 31, 2010 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, its internal control over financial reporting.

18


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(Unaudited; millions, except share amounts)
                 
    March 31,     December 31,
    2010   2009
 
               
ASSETS
               
Current assets
               
Cash and equivalents
  $ 5,167     $ 4,733  
Receivables, less allowances of $1,870 and $2,247
    5,143       5,070  
Securitized receivables
    -       805  
Inventories
    1,890       1,769  
Deferred income taxes
    651       670  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    542       645  
 
       
Total current assets
    13,393       13,692  
 
               
Noncurrent inventories and film costs
    5,807       5,754  
Investments, including available-for-sale securities
    1,743       1,542  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    3,815       3,922  
Intangible assets subject to amortization, net
    2,701       2,676  
Intangible assets not subject to amortization
    7,754       7,734  
Goodwill
    29,758       29,639  
Other assets
    1,095       1,100  
 
       
Total assets
  $ 66,066     $ 66,059  
 
       
 
               
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
               
Current liabilities
               
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $ 7,291     $ 7,807  
Deferred revenue
    872       781  
Debt due within one year
    260       57  
Non-recourse debt
    -       805  
Current liabilities of discontinued operations
    -       23  
 
       
Total current liabilities
    8,423       9,473  
 
               
Long-term debt
    16,387       15,346  
Deferred income taxes
    1,633       1,607  
Deferred revenue
    280       269  
Other noncurrent liabilities
    6,028       5,967  
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 13)
               
 
               
Equity
               
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 1.637 billion and 1.634 billion shares
issued and 1.143 billion and 1.157 billion shares outstanding
    16       16  
Paid-in-capital
    157,956       158,129  
Treasury stock, at cost (494 million and 477 million shares)
    (27,534 )     (27,034 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net
    (717 )     (580 )
Accumulated deficit
    (96,410 )     (97,135 )
 
       
Total Time Warner Inc. shareholders’ equity
    33,311       33,396  
Noncontrolling interests
    4       1  
 
       
Total equity
    33,315       33,397  
 
       
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 66,066     $ 66,059  
 
       
     See accompanying notes.

19


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
Three Months Ended March 31,
(Unaudited; millions, except per share amounts)
                 
    2010   2009
 
               
Revenues
   $ 6,322      $ 5,996  
Costs of revenues
    (3,353 )     (3,358 )
Selling, general and administrative
    (1,488 )     (1,501 )
Amortization of intangible assets
    (68 )     (77 )
Restructuring costs
    (9 )     (36 )
Gain on consolidated assets
    59       -  
 
       
Operating income
    1,463       1,024  
Interest expense, net
    (296 )     (313 )
Other loss, net
    (53 )     (22 )
 
       
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    1,114       689  
Income tax provision
    (389 )     (227 )
 
       
Income from continuing operations
    725       462  
Discontinued operations, net of tax
    -       226  
 
       
Net income
    725       688  
Less Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
    -       (28 )
 
       
Net income attributable to Time Warner Inc. shareholders
   $ 725      $ 660  
 
       
 
               
Amounts attributable to Time Warner Inc. shareholders:
               
Income from continuing operations
   $ 725      $ 467  
Discontinued operations, net of tax
    -       193  
 
       
Net income
   $ 725      $ 660  
 
       
 
               
Per share information attributable to Time Warner Inc. common shareholders:
               
Basic income per common share from continuing operations
   $ 0.63      $ 0.39  
Discontinued operations
    -       0.16  
 
       
Basic net income per common share
   $ 0.63      $ 0.55  
 
       
Average basic common shares outstanding
    1,149.8       1,196.1  
 
       
 
               
Diluted income per common share from continuing operations
   $ 0.62      $ 0.39  
Discontinued operations
    -       0.16  
 
       
Diluted net income per common share
   $ 0.62      $ 0.55  
 
       
Average diluted common shares outstanding
    1,165.4       1,200.3  
 
       
 
               
Cash dividends declared per share of common stock
   $ 0.2125       0.1875  
 
       
See accompanying notes.

20


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
Three Months Ended March 31,
(Unaudited; millions)
                 
    2010   2009
 
               
OPERATIONS
               
Net income
    $ 725       $ 688  
Less Discontinued operations, net of tax
    -       226  
 
       
Net income from continuing operations
    725       462  
Adjustments for noncash and nonoperating items:
               
Depreciation and amortization
    232       242  
Amortization of film and television costs
    1,384       1,580  
Loss on investments and other assets, net
    4       3  
Equity in losses of investee companies, net of cash distributions
    12       19  
Equity-based compensation
    90       65  
Deferred income taxes
    10       (32 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions
    (1,101 )     (1,174 )
 
       
Cash provided by operations from continuing operations
    1,356       1,165  
 
       
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
               
Investments in available-for-sale securities
    (1 )     (2 )
Investments and acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    (474 )     (42 )
Capital expenditures
    (89 )     (101 )
Investment proceeds from available-for-sale securities
    -       5  
Proceeds from the Special Dividend paid by Time Warner Cable Inc.
    -       9,253  
Other investment proceeds
    29       44  
 
       
Cash provided (used) by investing activities from continuing operations
    (535 )     9,157  
 
       
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
               
Borrowings
    2,092       3,507  
Debt repayments
    (1,669 )     (8,074 )
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    42       -  
Excess tax benefit on stock options
    1       -  
Principal payments on capital leases
    (4 )     (4 )
Repurchases of common stock
    (514 )     -  
Dividends paid
    (248 )     (226 )
Other financing activities
    (64 )     (8 )
 
       
Cash used by financing activities from continuing operations
    (364 )     (4,805 )
 
       
Cash provided by continuing operations
    457       5,517  
 
       
 
               
Cash provided (used) by operations from discontinued operations
    (23 )     952  
Cash used by investing activities from discontinued operations
    -       (662 )
Cash used by financing activities from discontinued operations
    -       (5,231 )
Effect of change in cash and equivalents of discontinued operations
    -       5,278  
 
       
Cash provided (used) by discontinued operations
    (23 )     337  
 
       
INCREASE IN CASH AND EQUIVALENTS
    434       5,854  
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD
    4,733       1,082  
 
       
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD
    $ 5,167       $ 6,936  
 
       
See accompanying notes.

21


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF EQUITY
Three Months Ended March 31,
(Unaudited; millions)
                                                 
    2010   2009
    Time Warner   Noncontrolling           Time Warner   Noncontrolling    
    Shareholders   Interests   Total Equity   Shareholders   Interests   Total Equity
 
                                               
BALANCE AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD
  $ 33,396     $ 1     $ 33,397     $ 42,292     $ 3,035     $ 45,327  
Net income
    725       -       725       660       28       688  
Other comprehensive income
    (137 )     -       (137 )     (107 )     -       (107 )
 
                       
Comprehensive income
    588       -       588       553       28       581  
Cash dividends
    (248 )     -       (248 )     (226 )     -       (226 )
Common stock repurchases
    (500 )     -       (500 )     -       -       -  
Time Warner Cable Inc. Special Dividend
    -       -       -       -       (1,603 )     (1,603 )
Time Warner Cable Inc. Spin-off
    -       -       -       (6,822 )     (1,167 )     (7,989 )
Other
    75       3       78       (8 )     (3 )     (11 )
 
                       
BALANCE AT END OF PERIOD
  $ 33,311     $ 4     $ 33,315     $ 35,789     $ 290     $ 36,079  
 
                       
See accompanying notes.

22


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND RECENT ACCOUNTING GUIDANCE
Description of Business
     Time Warner Inc. (“Time Warner” or the “Company”) is a leading media and entertainment company, whose businesses include television networks, filmed entertainment and publishing. Time Warner classifies its operations into three reportable segments: Networks: consisting principally of cable television networks that provide programming; Filmed Entertainment: consisting principally of feature film, television and home video production and distribution; and Publishing: consisting principally of magazine publishing. Financial information for Time Warner’s various reportable segments is presented in Note 12.
Changes in Basis of Presentation
     The 2009 financial information has been recast to reflect the retroactive adoption of amendments to accounting guidance pertaining to the accounting for transfers of financial assets and variable interest entities (“VIEs”) as described below.
Amendments to Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets and VIEs
     On January 1, 2010, the Company adopted guidance on a retrospective basis that (i) eliminated the concept of a qualifying special-purpose entity (“SPE”), (ii) eliminated the exception from applying existing accounting guidance related to VIEs that were previously considered qualifying SPEs, (iii) changed the approach for determining the primary beneficiary of a VIE from a quantitative risk and reward model to a qualitative model based on control and (iv) requires the Company to assess each reporting period whether any of the Company’s variable interests give it a controlling financial interest in the applicable VIE.
     The Company’s investments in entities determined to be VIEs principally consist of certain investments at its Networks segment, primarily HBO Asia, HBO South Asia and HBO Latin America Group (“HBO LAG”), which operate multi-channel pay-television programming services. As of March 31, 2010, the Company held an 80% economic interest in HBO Asia, a 75% economic interest in HBO South Asia and an approximate 80% economic interest in HBO LAG, while sharing voting control with the other partners in each of the three entities. The Company provides programming as well as certain services, including distribution, licensing, technological and administrative support, to HBO Asia, HBO South Asia and HBO LAG. These investments are intended to enable the Company to more broadly leverage its programming and digital strategy in the territories served and to capitalize on the growing multi-channel television market in such territories. These entities are financed substantially through cash flows from their operations, and the Company is not obligated to provide them with any additional financial support. In addition, the assets of these entities are not available to settle obligations of the Company.
     The Company previously consolidated these entities; however, as a result of adopting this guidance, because voting control is shared with the other partners in these entities, the Company has determined that it is no longer the primary beneficiary of these entities and effective January 1, 2010 is accounting for its investments in these entities using the equity method. The adoption of this guidance with respect to these entities resulted in a decrease to revenues, operating income and net income attributable to Time Warner Inc. shareholders of $90 million, $24 million and $1 million, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2009. The impact on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2009 and consolidated statement of cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2009 was not material. As of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company’s aggregate investment in these three entities was $596 million and $362 million, respectively, and recorded in investments, including available-for-sale securities, in the consolidated balance sheet.
     The Company also held variable interests in two wholly owned SPEs, through which the activities of its accounts receivable securitization facilities were conducted. The Company determined it was the primary beneficiary of these entities because of its ability to direct the key activities of the SPEs that most significantly impact their economic performance. Accordingly, as a result of adopting this guidance, the Company consolidated these SPEs, which resulted in an increase to securitized receivables and non-recourse debt of $805 million as of December 31, 2009. In addition, for the three months ended March 31, 2009, cash provided by operations increased by $88 million, with an offsetting decrease to cash used by financing activities. The impact on the consolidated statement of operations was not material. During the first

23


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
quarter of 2010, the Company repaid the $805 million outstanding under these facilities and terminated the two facilities on March 19, 2010 and on March 24, 2010, respectively.
Basis of Presentation
Basis of Consolidation
     The consolidated financial statements include 100% of the assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and cash flows of Time Warner, all voting interest entities in which Time Warner has a controlling voting interest (“subsidiaries”) and VIEs of which the Company is the primary beneficiary. Intercompany accounts and transactions between consolidated companies have been eliminated in consolidation.
     The financial position and operating results of substantially all foreign operations are consolidated using the local currency as the functional currency. Local currency assets and liabilities are translated at the rates of exchange on the balance sheet date, and local currency revenues and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange during the period. Translation gains or losses of assets and liabilities are included in the consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income, net.
Reclassifications
     Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior year information to conform to the March 31, 2010 presentation of the components of inventory.
Use of Estimates
     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and footnotes thereto. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
     Significant estimates and judgments inherent in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements include accounting for asset impairments, allowances for doubtful accounts, depreciation and amortization, film ultimate revenues, home video and magazine returns, business combinations, pension and other postretirement benefits, equity-based compensation, income taxes, contingencies, litigation matters, certain programming arrangements and the determination of whether the Company is the primary beneficiary of entities in which it holds variable interests.
Interim Financial Statements
     The consolidated financial statements are unaudited; however, in the opinion of management, they contain all of the adjustments (consisting of those of a normal recurring nature) considered necessary to present fairly the financial position, the results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented in conformity with GAAP applicable to interim periods. The consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements of Time Warner included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 (the “2009 Form 10-K”).
Accounting for Collaborative Arrangements
     The Company’s collaborative arrangements primarily relate to arrangements entered into with third parties to jointly finance and distribute theatrical productions. For the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, net participation costs of $87 million and $68 million, respectively, were recorded in costs of revenues and net amounts received from collaborators for which capitalized film costs were reduced was $71 million and $38 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the net amount due to collaborators for their share of participations was $325 million and $332 million, respectively, and was recorded in participations payable in the consolidated balance sheet.

24


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
2. BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSITIONS
HBO LAG
     On March 9, 2010, HBO purchased additional interests in HBO LAG for $217 million in cash, which resulted in HBO owning 80% of the equity interests of HBO LAG. HBO LAG is considered a VIE and, because voting control of the entity is shared equally with another investor, the Company has determined it is not the primary beneficiary of this entity. Accordingly, HBO accounts for this investment under the equity method of accounting.
HBO Central Europe Acquisition
     On January 27, 2010, HBO purchased the remainder of its partners’ interests in HBO Central Europe (“HBO CE”) for $136 million in cash, net of cash acquired. HBO CE operates the HBO and Cinemax premium pay television programming services serving 11 territories in Central Europe. This transaction resulted in HBO owning 100% of HBO CE, and the Company has consolidated the results of operations and financial condition of HBO CE effective January 27, 2010. Prior to this transaction, HBO’s 33% interest in HBO CE had a carrying value of $19 million and was accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Upon the acquisition of the controlling interest in HBO CE, a gain of $59 million was recognized reflecting the excess of the fair value over the Company’s carrying cost of its original investment in HBO CE. The fair value of HBO’s original investment in HBO CE was determined using the consideration paid in the January 27, 2010 purchase, which was primarily derived using a combination of market and income valuation techniques.
Summary of Discontinued Operations
     During 2009, the Company completed the legal and structural separations of Time Warner Cable Inc. (“TWC”) and AOL Inc. (“AOL”). With the completion of these separations, the Company disposed of its Cable and AOL segments in their entirety and ceased to consolidate their financial condition and results of operations in its consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, the Company has presented the financial condition and results of operations of its former Cable and AOL segments as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.
     Financial data for the discontinued operations is as follows (millions, except per share amounts):
         
    Three Months  
    Ended  
    March 31, 2009
 
       
 
       
Total revenues
  $      4,310  
 
       
Pretax income
    409  
Income tax provision
    (183 )
 
   
Net income
  $ 226  
 
   
Net income attributable to Time Warner Inc. shareholders
  $ 193  
 
   
 
       
Per share information attributable to Time Warner Inc. common shareholders:
       
Basic net income per common share
  $ 0.16  
 
   
 
       
Diluted net income per common share
  $ 0.16  
 
   

25


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
3.  
INVENTORIES AND FILM COSTS
 
   
Inventories and film costs consist of (millions):
                 
            December 31,  
    March 31, 2010   2009
Inventories:
               
Programming costs, less amortization
  $ 3,405     $ 3,269  
DVDs, books, paper and other merchandise
    309       332  
 
       
Total inventories
    3,714       3,601  
Less: current portion of inventory
    (1,890 )     (1,769 )
 
       
Total noncurrent inventories
    1,824       1,832  
 
       
 
               
Film costs — Theatrical: (a)
               
Released, less amortization
    520       575  
Completed and not released
    303       282  
In production
    1,354       1,228  
Development and pre-production
    118       157  
 
               
Film costs — Television: (a)
               
Released, less amortization
    1,074       1,095  
Completed and not released
    251       166  
In production
    355       413  
Development and pre-production
    8       6  
 
       
Total film costs
    3,983       3,922  
 
       
Total noncurrent inventories and film costs
  $      5,807     $      5,754  
 
       
 
 
(a)  
Does not include $1.717 billion and $1.764 billion of net film library costs as of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, which are included in intangible assets subject to amortization in the consolidated balance sheet.

26


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
4. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
     A fair value measurement is determined based on the assumptions that a market participant would use in pricing an asset or liability. A three-tiered hierarchy draws distinctions between market participant assumptions based on (i) observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets (Level 1), (ii) inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are observable either directly or indirectly (Level 2) and (iii) unobservable inputs that require the Company to use present value and other valuation techniques in the determination of fair value (Level 3). The following table presents information about assets and liabilities required to be carried at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2010 (millions):
                                 
    Fair Value Measurements as of March 31, 2010 Using
            Quoted Market              
            Prices in Active           Significant
            Markets for   Significant Other   Unobservable
            Identical Assets   Observable Inputs   Inputs
Description   Fair Value   (Level 1)   (Level 2)   (Level 3)
 
                               
Assets:
                               
Trading securities:
                               
Diversified Equity securities
  $      252     $      248     $      4     $      -  
Available-for-sale securities:
                               
Equity securities
    11       11       -       -  
Debt securities
    20       -       20       -  
Derivatives:
                               
Foreign Exchange Contracts
    35       -       35       -  
Other
    27       5       -       22  
Liabilities:
                               
Derivatives:
                               
Foreign Exchange Contracts
    (32 )     -       (32 )     -  
Other
    (31 )     -       -       (31 )
 
               
Total
  $ 282     $ 264     $ 27     $ (9 )
 
               
     The Company primarily applies the market approach for valuing recurring fair value measurements.
     The following table reconciles the beginning and ending balances of assets and liabilities classified as Level 3 and identifies the net income (losses) the Company recognized during the three months ended March 31, 2010 on such assets and liabilities that were included in the balance as of March 31, 2010 (millions):
         
    Derivatives
 
       
Balance as of January 1, 2010
   $ 20  
Total gains (losses):
       
Included in net income
    (1 )
Included in other comprehensive income
    -  
Settlements
    (7 )
Issuances
    (21 )
Transfers in and/or out of Level 3
    -  
 
   
Balance as of March 31, 2010
  $ (9 )
 
   
 
       
Total loss for the three months ended March 31, 2010 included in net income related to assets and liabilities still held as of March 31, 2010
  $ (1 )
 
   
     Gains and losses recognized for assets and liabilities valued using significant unobservable inputs are reported in other loss, net in the consolidated statement of operations (Note 15).

27


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Other Financial Instruments
     The Company’s other financial instruments including debt are not required to be carried at fair value. Based on the interest rates prevailing at March 31, 2010, the fair value of Time Warner’s debt exceeds its carrying value by approximately $1.683 billion and at December 31, 2009, the fair value of Time Warner’s debt exceeded its carrying value by approximately $1.749 billion. Unrealized gains or losses on debt do not result in the realization or expenditure of cash and generally are not recognized for financial reporting purposes unless the debt is retired prior to its maturity. The carrying value for the majority of the Company’s other financial instruments approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of such instruments. For the remainder of the Company’s other financial instruments, differences between the carrying value and fair value are not significant at March 31, 2010. The fair value of financial instruments is generally determined by reference to the market value of the instrument as quoted on a national securities exchange or in an over-the-counter market. In cases where quoted market value is not available, fair value is based on an estimate using present value or other valuation techniques.
Non-Financial Instruments
     The majority of the Company’s non-financial instruments, which include goodwill, intangible assets, inventories and property, plant and equipment, are not required to be carried at fair value on a recurring basis. However, if certain triggering events occur (or at least annually for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets) such that a non-financial instrument is required to be evaluated for impairment, a resulting asset impairment would require that the non-financial instrument be recorded at the lower of cost or its fair value.
     In the case of film production costs, upon the occurrence of an event or change in circumstance that may indicate that the fair value of a film is less than its unamortized costs, the Company determines the fair value of the film and writes off to the consolidated statement of operations the amount by which the unamortized capitalized costs exceed the film’s fair value. Some of these events or changes in circumstance include: (i) an adverse change in the expected performance of a film prior to its release, (ii) actual costs substantially in excess of budgeted costs, (iii) substantial delays in completion or release schedules, (iv) changes in release plans, (v) insufficient funding or resources to complete the film and to market it effectively and (vi) the failure of actual performance subsequent to release to meet the expected performance of the film prior to release. In determining the fair value of its films, the Company employs a discounted cash flow methodology with assumptions for cash flows for periods not exceeding 10 years. The discount rate utilized in the discounted cash flow analysis is based on the weighted average cost of capital of the respective business (e.g., Warner Bros.) plus a risk premium representing the risk associated with producing a particular film. The fair value of any film costs associated with a film that management plans to abandon is zero. As the primary determination of fair value is determined using a discounted cash flow model, the resulting fair value is considered a Level 3 input. During the three months ended March 31, 2010, there were no film production costs that were required to be written down to fair value.
5. DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS
     Time Warner uses derivative instruments, principally forward contracts, to manage the risk associated with the volatility of future cash flows denominated in foreign currencies and changes in fair value resulting from changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The principal currencies being hedged include the British Pound, Euro, Australian Dollar and Canadian Dollar. Time Warner uses foreign exchange contracts that generally have maturities of three to 18 months to hedge various foreign exchange exposures, including the following: (i) variability in foreign-currency-denominated cash flows, such as the hedges of unremitted or forecasted royalty and license fees to be received from the sale, or anticipated sale of U.S. copyrighted products abroad or cash flows for certain film costs denominated in a foreign currency (i.e., cash flow hedges) and (ii) currency risk associated with foreign-currency-denominated operating assets and liabilities (i.e., fair value hedges). For these qualifying hedge relationships, the Company excludes the impact of forward points from its assessment of hedge effectiveness. As a result, changes in the fair value of forward points are recorded in other loss, net in the consolidated statement of operations each quarter.
     The Company also enters into derivative contracts that economically hedge certain of its foreign currency risks, even though hedge accounting does not apply or the Company elects not to apply hedge accounting. These economic hedges are used primarily to offset the change in certain foreign currency denominated long-term receivables and certain foreign currency denominated debt due to changes in the underlying foreign exchange rates. For these economic hedges, gains or

28


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
losses resulting from changes in the fair value of the derivative contract are recorded in the consolidated statement of operations each quarter.
     Gains and losses from hedging activities recognized in the consolidated statement of operations, including hedge ineffectiveness, were not material for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009. In addition, such gains and losses are largely offset by corresponding economic gains or losses from the respective transactions that were hedged.
     The following is a summary of amounts recorded in the consolidated balance sheet pertaining to Time Warner’s use of foreign currency derivatives at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 (millions):
                 
    March 31,   December 31,
    2010   2009
 
               
Qualifying Hedges
               
Assets
   $ 80      $ 90  
Liabilities
    (80 )     (137 )
 
               
Economic Hedges
               
Assets
   $ 25      $ 7  
Liabilities
    (22 )     (43 )
     The Company monitors its positions with, and the credit quality of, the financial institutions that are party to any of its financial transactions. Additionally, netting provisions are provided for in existing International Swap and Derivative Association Inc. agreements in situations where the Company executes multiple contracts with the same counterparty. As a result, net assets or liabilities resulting from foreign exchange derivatives subject to these netting agreements are classified within prepaid assets and other current assets or accounts payable and accrued expenses in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. At March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, $59 million and $61 million, respectively, of losses related to cash flow hedges are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and are expected to be recognized in earnings at the same time the hedged items affect earnings. Included in these amounts are deferred net losses of $22 million and $17 million at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, related to hedges of cash flows associated with films that are not expected to be released within the next twelve months.
6. LONG-TERM DEBT AND OTHER FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS
March 2010 Debt Offering and Tender Offer and April 2010 Redemption
     On March 3, 2010, Time Warner filed a shelf registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission that allows it to offer and sell from time to time debt securities, preferred stock, common stock and warrants to purchase debt and equity securities. On March 11, 2010, Time Warner issued $2.0 billion aggregate principal amount of debt securities under the shelf registration statement, consisting of $1.4 billion aggregate principal amount of 4.875% Notes due 2020 and $600 million aggregate principal amount of 6.200% Debentures due 2040 (the “2010 Debt Offering”). The securities issued pursuant to the 2010 Debt Offering are guaranteed, on an unsecured basis, by Historic TW Inc. (“Historic TW”). In addition, Turner Broadcasting System Inc. (“Turner”) and Home Box Office Inc. (“HBO”) have guaranteed, on an unsecured basis, Historic TW’s guarantee of the securities.
     The net proceeds to the Company from the 2010 Debt Offering were $1.984 billion, after deducting underwriting discounts. The Company used a portion of the net proceeds from the 2010 Debt Offering to repurchase $773 million of the Company’s outstanding 6.75% Notes due 2011 pursuant to a tender offer. The premium paid and costs incurred for the repurchase of the $773 million of the 6.75% Notes due 2011 was $55 million and was recorded in other loss, net in the consolidated statement of operations. On April 22, 2010, the Company redeemed the remaining $227 million aggregate principal amount of the 6.75% Notes due 2011 pursuant to a notice of redemption dated March 23, 2010. Accordingly, the 6.75% Notes due 2011 are reflected as debt due within one year in the consolidated balance sheet.

29


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Asset Securitization Arrangements
     During the first quarter of 2010, the Company repaid the $805 million outstanding under the Company’s two accounts receivable securitization facilities. The Company terminated the two accounts receivable securitization facilities on March 19, 2010 and March 24, 2010, respectively.
7. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Common Stock Repurchase Program
     On January 28, 2010, Time Warner’s Board of Directors increased the amount remaining on its common stock repurchase program to $3.0 billion for purchases beginning January 1, 2010. Purchases under the stock repurchase program may be made from time to time on the open market and in privately negotiated transactions. The size and timing of these purchases are based on a number of factors, including price and business and market conditions. From January 1, 2010 through March 31, 2010, the Company repurchased approximately 17 million shares of common stock for approximately $500 million pursuant to trading programs under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
8. INCOME PER COMMON SHARE
     Basic income per common share is determined using the Two-Class Method and is computed by dividing net income attributable to Time Warner Inc. common shareholders by the weighted-average common shares outstanding during the period. The Two-Class Method is an earnings allocation formula that determines income per share for each class of common stock and participating security according to dividends declared and participation rights in undistributed earnings. Diluted income per common share reflects the more dilutive earnings per share amount calculated using the treasury stock method or the Two-Class Method.
     Set forth below is a reconciliation of basic and diluted income per common share from continuing operations (millions, except per share amounts):
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2010   2009
 
               
Income from continuing operations attributable to Time Warner Inc. shareholders
  $ 725     $ 467  
Income allocated to participating securities
    (3 )     (2 )
 
       
Income from continuing operations attributable to Time Warner Inc. common
shareholders — basic
  $ 722     $ 465  
 
       
 
               
Average number of common shares outstanding — basic
    1,149.8       1,196.1  
Dilutive effect of equity awards
    15.6       4.2  
 
       
Average number of common shares outstanding — diluted
    1,165.4       1,200.3  
 
       
 
               
Income per common share from continuing operations attributable to Time Warner Inc.
common shareholders:
               
Basic
  $ 0.63     $ 0.39  
Diluted
  $ 0.62     $ 0.39  
     Diluted income per common share for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 excludes approximately 146 million and 184 million, respectively, common shares that may be issued under the Company’s stock compensation plans because they do not have a dilutive effect.

30


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
9. EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION
     Compensation expense recognized for equity-based plans is as follows (millions):
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2010   2009
 
               
Restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance stock units
  $ 57     $ 39  
Stock options
    33       26  
 
       
Total impact on Operating Income
  $ 90     $ 65  
 
       
 
               
Tax benefit recognized
  $ 34     $ 25  
 
       
     For the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company granted approximately 5 million and 4 million restricted stock units (“RSUs”), respectively, at a weighted-average grant date fair value per RSU of $26.95 and $22.07, respectively. For each of the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company granted approximately 0.2 million target performance stock units (“PSUs”), at a weighted-average grant date fair value per target PSU of $30.40 and $23.67, respectively. Total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested RSUs and target PSUs as of March 31, 2010, without taking into account expected forfeitures, is $225 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period between one and two years.
     For each of the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company granted approximately 9 million stock options, at a weighted-average grant date fair value per option of $6.33 and $4.99, respectively. Total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options as of March 31, 2010, without taking into account expected forfeitures, is $105 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period between one and two years. The table below presents the weighted-average values of the assumptions used to value stock options at their grant date.
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2010   2009
 
               
Expected volatility
    29.5 %     35.0 %
Expected term to exercise from grant date
  6.52 years   6.24 years
Risk-free rate
    2.9 %     2.6 %
Expected dividend yield
    3.2 %     4.5 %
10. BENEFIT PLANS
     A summary of the components of the net periodic benefit costs from continuing operations recognized for substantially all of Time Warner’s domestic and international defined benefit pension plans for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 is as follows (millions):
Components of Net Periodic Benefit Costs
                                 
    Domestic   International
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2010   2009   2010   2009
 
                               
Service cost
  $ 17     $ 18     $ 6     $ 4  
Interest cost
    36       36       13       10  
Expected return on plan assets
    (41 )     (33 )     (16 )     (12 )
Amounts amortized
    18       29       3       2  
Curtailment
    3       -       -       -  
 
               
Net periodic benefit costs
  $ 33     $ 50     $ 6     $ 4  
 
               
 
                               
Contributions
  $      6     $      8     $      35     $      5  
 
               

31


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Benefit Plan Amendments
     In March 2010, the Company’s Board of Directors approved amendments to its domestic defined benefit pension plans, which generally provide that (i) effective June 30, 2010, benefits provided under the plans will stop accruing for additional years of service and the plans will be closed to new hires and employees with less than one year of service and (ii) after December 31, 2013, pay increases will no longer be taken into consideration when determining a participating employee’s benefits under the plans.
     In addition, effective July 1, 2010, the Company will increase its matching contributions for eligible participants in the Time Warner Savings Plan. Effective January 1, 2011, the Company will also implement a supplemental savings plan that will provide for similar Company matching for eligible participant deferrals above the Internal Revenue Service compensation limits that apply to the Time Warner Savings Plan up to $500,000 of eligible compensation.
     The net effect of these changes is expected to result in a net annual decrease to employee benefit plan expense of approximately $50 million.
11. RESTRUCTURING COSTS
     The Company’s restructuring costs primarily related to employee termination costs and ranged from senior executives to line personnel. Restructuring costs expensed as incurred by segment for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows (millions):
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2010   2009
 
               
Filmed Entertainment
  $      4     $      37  
Publishing
    5       (1 )
 
       
Total restructuring costs
  $ 9     $ 36  
 
       
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2010   2009
 
               
2010 restructuring activity
  $      4     $      -  
2009 and prior restructuring activity
    5       36  
 
       
Total restructuring costs
  $      9     $      36  
 
       
     Selected information relating to accrued restructuring costs is as follows (millions):
                         
    Employee            
    Terminations   Other Exit Costs             Total       
Remaining liability as of December 31, 2009
  $      155     $      98     $      253  
Net accruals
    2       7       9  
Cash paid
    (47 )     (14 )     (61 )
 
           
Remaining liability as of March 31, 2010
  $ 110     $ 91     $ 201  
 
           
     As of March 31, 2010, of the remaining liability of $201 million, $115 million was classified as a current liability in the consolidated balance sheet, with the remaining $86 million classified as a long-term liability. Amounts classified as long-term are expected to be paid through 2017.

32


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
12. SEGMENT INFORMATION
     Time Warner classifies its operations into three reportable segments: Networks, consisting principally of cable television networks that provide programming; Filmed Entertainment, consisting principally of feature film, television and home video production and distribution; Publishing, consisting principally of magazine publishing.
     Information as to the revenues, intersegment revenues, operating income (loss) and assets of Time Warner in each of its reportable segments is set forth below.
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2010   2009
    (millions)  
Revenues
               
Networks
  $ 2,958     $ 2,706  
Filmed Entertainment
    2,694       2,633  
Publishing
    799       806  
Intersegment eliminations
    (129 )     (149 )
 
       
Total revenues
  $ 6,322     $ 5,996  
 
       
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2010   2009
    (millions)  
Intersegment Revenues
               
Networks
  $ 17     $ 20  
Filmed Entertainment
    109       126  
Publishing
    3       3  
 
       
Total intersegment revenues
  $ 129     $ 149  
 
       
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2010   2009
    (millions)  
Operating Income (Loss)
               
Networks
  $ 1,201     $ 936  
Filmed Entertainment
    307       214  
Publishing
    50       (32 )
Corporate
    (108 )     (94 )
Intersegment eliminations
    13       -  
 
       
Total operating income (loss)
  $ 1,463     $ 1,024  
 
       
                 
    March 31, 2010   December 31,
2009
    (millions)  
Assets
               
Networks
  $ 36,947     $ 35,650  
Filmed Entertainment
    16,481       17,078  
Publishing
    6,151       6,404  
Corporate
    6,487       6,927  
 
       
Total assets
  $ 66,066     $ 66,059  
 
       

33


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Commitments
Six Flags
     In connection with the Company’s former investment in the Six Flags theme parks located in Georgia and Texas (“Six Flags Georgia” and “Six Flags Texas,” respectively, and, collectively, the “Parks”), in 1997, certain subsidiaries of the Company (including Historic TW) agreed to guarantee (the “Six Flags Guarantee”) certain obligations of the partnerships that hold the Parks (the “Partnerships”) for the benefit of the limited partners in such Partnerships, including the following (the “Guaranteed Obligations”): (a) making a minimum annual distribution to the limited partners of the Partnerships (the minimum was approximately $60.7 million in 2009 and is subject to annual cost of living adjustments); (b) making a minimum amount of capital expenditures each year (an amount approximating 6% of the Parks’ annual revenues); (c) offering each year to purchase 5% of the limited partnership units of the Partnerships (plus any such units not purchased pursuant to such offer in any prior year) based on an aggregate price for all limited partnership units at the higher of (i) $250 million in the case of Six Flags Georgia and $374.8 million in the case of Six Flags Texas (the “Base Valuations”) and (ii) a weighted average multiple of EBITDA for the respective Park over the previous four-year period (the “Cumulative LP Unit Purchase Obligation”); (d) making annual ground lease payments; and (e) either (i) purchasing all of the outstanding limited partnership units through the exercise of a call option upon the earlier of the occurrence of certain specified events and the end of the term of each of the Partnerships in 2027 (Six Flags Georgia) and 2028 (Six Flags Texas) (the “End of Term Purchase”) or (ii) causing each of the Partnerships to have no indebtedness and to meet certain other financial tests as of the end of the term of the Partnership. The aggregate amount payable in connection with an End of Term Purchase option on either Park will be the Base Valuation applicable to such Park, adjusted for changes in the consumer price index from December 1996, in the case of Six Flags Georgia, and December 1997, in the case of Six Flags Texas, through December of the year immediately preceding the year in which the End of Term Purchase occurs, in each case, reduced ratably to reflect limited partnership units previously purchased.
     In connection with the Company’s 1998 sale of a subsidiary that held the controlling interests in the Parks to Six Flags, Inc. (now known as Six Flags Entertainment Corporation and formerly Premier Parks Inc.) (“Six Flags”), Six Flags and Historic TW entered into a subordinated indemnity agreement (the “Subordinated Indemnity Agreement”) pursuant to which Six Flags agreed to guarantee the performance of the Guaranteed Obligations when due and to indemnify Historic TW, among others, in the event that the Guaranteed Obligations are not performed and the Six Flags Guarantee is called upon. In the event of a default of Six Flags’ obligations under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement and related agreements provide, among other things, that Historic TW has the right to acquire control of the managing partner of the Parks. Six Flags’ obligations to Historic TW are further secured by its interest in all limited partnership units that are held by Six Flags. To date, no payments have been made by the Company pursuant to the Six Flags Guarantee.
     In connection with the separation of TWC, guarantees previously made by Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. (“TWE”), a subsidiary of TWC, were terminated and, pursuant to and as required under the original terms of the Six Flags Guarantee, Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc. (“WBEI”) became a guarantor. In addition, TWE’s rights and obligations under the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement have been assigned to WBEI. The Company continues to indemnify TWE in connection with any residual exposure of TWE under the Guaranteed Obligations.
     In April 2009, Six Flags received notices from limited partners of the Partnerships to sell limited partnership units with an aggregate price of approximately $66 million. A Time Warner subsidiary (TW-SF LLC) made a loan of approximately $53 million (the “TW Loan”) to SFOG Acquisition A, Inc., a Delaware corporation, SFOG Acquisition B, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, SFOT Acquisition I, Inc., a Delaware corporation and SFOT Acquisition II, Inc., a Delaware corporation (collectively, the “Acquisition Companies”) to help fund the purchase price for the limited partnership units that were put. The outstanding principal amount of the TW Loan at March 31, 2010 was approximately $27 million, reflecting payments by the Acquisition Companies during 2009. The TW Loan was paid off on April 30, 2010.
     Taking into account the limited partnership units purchased in 2009, the estimated maximum Cumulative LP Unit Purchase Obligation for 2010 is approximately $300 million.

34


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
In addition, the aggregate undiscounted estimated future cash flow requirements covered by the Six Flags Guarantee over the remaining term (through 2028) of the agreements are approximately $1.15 billion (for a net present value of approximately $415 million).
     On June 13, 2009, Six Flags and certain of its subsidiaries filed petitions for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in the Bankruptcy Court in Delaware. On April 30, 2010, an order confirming Six Flags’ modified fourth amended joint plan of reorganization was entered by the Bankruptcy Court and the plan became effective and Six Flags emerged from bankruptcy the same day. The plan of reorganization has resulted in a significant reduction in debt for Six Flags. The Partnerships holding the Parks and the Acquisition Companies were not included in the debtors’ reorganization proceedings.
     In connection with the plan of reorganization of Six Flags, on April 30, 2010, TW-SF LLC entered into a five-year $150 million multiple draw term facility with the Acquisition Companies, which the Acquisition Companies can use only to fund their obligations to purchase certain limited partnership units of the Partnerships. The facility will expire April 30, 2015, unless it terminates earlier following the acceleration or certain refinancings of Six Flags’ new first lien credit facility or second lien term credit facility, which closed simultaneously with the closing of this facility. New loans drawn under the facility will each mature 5 years from their respective funding dates. Interest will accrue at a rate at least equal to a LIBOR floor of 250 basis points plus a spread of 100 basis points over the applicable margin for term loans under Six Flags’ new first lien credit facility. Based on the number of limited partnership units put in 2010, no loan will be drawn under the facility in 2010.
     Because the Six Flags Guarantee existed prior to December 31, 2002 and no modifications to the arrangements have been made since the date the guarantee came into existence, the Company is required to continue to account for the Guaranteed Obligations as a contingent liability. Based on its evaluation of the current facts and circumstances surrounding the Guaranteed Obligations and the Subordinated Indemnity Agreement, the Company is unable to predict the loss, if any, that may be incurred under these Guaranteed Obligations and no liability for the arrangements has been recognized at March 31, 2010. Because of the specific circumstances surrounding the arrangements and the fact that no active or observable market exists for this type of financial guarantee, the Company is unable to determine a current fair value for the Guaranteed Obligations and related Subordinated Indemnity Agreement.
AOL Revolving Facility
     In connection with the AOL Separation, AOL entered into a $250 million 364-day senior secured revolving credit facility (the “AOL Revolving Facility”) on December 9, 2009. Time Warner has guaranteed AOL’s obligations under the AOL Revolving Facility in exchange for which AOL is paying Time Warner an ongoing fee, subject to periodic increases, a portion of which varies with the amount of undrawn commitments and the principal amount of AOL’s obligations outstanding under the facility and changes in Time Warner’s senior unsecured long-term debt credit ratings. Also in connection with the AOL Separation, Time Warner agreed to continue to provide credit support for certain AOL lease and trade obligations of approximately $108 million ending on the earlier of December 9, 2011 and 30 days after AOL obtains the right to borrow funds under a permanent credit facility, in exchange for a fee equal to a rate per annum of 4.375% of the outstanding principal amount of such obligations, subject to periodic increases. Since the AOL Separation, AOL has replaced or released Time Warner as the source of the credit support for certain AOL lease and trade obligations or otherwise reduced Time Warner’s credit support obligations. As of April 30, 2010, the amount of credit support provided by Time Warner for AOL lease and trade obligations was $25 million.
Contingencies
     On October 8, 2004, certain heirs of Jerome Siegel, one of the creators of the “Superman” character, filed suit against the Company, DC Comics and Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc. in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California. Plaintiffs’ complaint seeks an accounting and demands up to one-half of the profits made on Superman since the alleged April 16, 1999 termination by plaintiffs of Siegel’s grants of one-half of the rights to the Superman character to DC Comics’ predecessor-in-interest. Plaintiffs have also asserted various Lanham Act and unfair competition claims, alleging “wasting” of the Superman property by DC Comics and failure to accord credit to Siegel, and the Company has filed counterclaims. On April 30, 2007, the Company filed motions for partial summary judgment on various issues, including the unavailability of accounting for pre-termination and foreign works. On March 26, 2008, the court entered an order of summary judgment finding, among other things, that plaintiffs’ notices of termination were valid and that plaintiffs had thereby recaptured, as of April 16, 1999, their rights to a one-half interest in the Superman story material, as first published,

35


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
but that the accounting for profits would not include profits attributable to foreign exploitation, republication of pre-termination works and trademark exploitation. On October 6, 2008, the court dismissed plaintiffs’ Lanham Act and “wasting” claims with prejudice. In orders issued on October 14, 2008, the court determined that the remaining claims in the case will be subject to phased non-jury trials. The first phase trial concluded on May 21, 2009, and on July 8, 2009, the court issued a decision in favor of the defendants on the issue of whether the terms of various license agreements between DC Comics and Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc. were at fair market value or constituted “sweetheart deals.” The second phase trial was previously scheduled to commence on December 1, 2009, and the parties are awaiting a new date for the commencement of this trial. The Company intends to defend against this lawsuit vigorously.
     On October 22, 2004, the same Siegel heirs filed a second lawsuit against the same defendants, as well as Warner Communications Inc. and Warner Bros. Television Production Inc. in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California. Plaintiffs claim that Jerome Siegel was the sole creator of the character Superboy and, as such, DC Comics has had no right to create new Superboy works since the alleged October 17, 2004 termination by plaintiffs of Siegel’s grants of rights to the Superboy character to DC Comics’ predecessor-in-interest. This lawsuit seeks a declaration regarding the validity of the alleged termination and an injunction against future use of the Superboy character. On March 23, 2006, the court granted plaintiffs’ motion for partial summary judgment on termination, denied the Company’s motion for summary judgment and held that further proceedings are necessary to determine whether the Company’s Smallville television series may infringe on plaintiffs’ rights to the Superboy character. On July 27, 2007, upon the Company’s motion for reconsideration, the court reversed the bulk of its March 23, 2006 ruling, and requested additional briefing on certain issues. On March 31, 2008, the court, among other things, denied a motion for partial summary judgment that the Company had filed in April 2007 as moot in view of the court’s July 27, 2007 reconsideration ruling. The Company intends to defend against this lawsuit vigorously.
     On February 11, 2008, trustees of the Tolkien Trust and the J.R.R. Tolkien 1967 Discretionary Settlement Trust, as well as HarperCollins Publishers, Ltd. and two related publishing entities, sued New Line Cinema Corporation (“NLC Corp.”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and Katja Motion Picture Corp. (“Katja”), a wholly owned subsidiary of NLC Corp., and other unnamed defendants in Los Angeles Superior Court. The complaint alleged that defendants breached contracts relating to three motion pictures: The Lord of the Rings: The Fellowship of the Ring ; The Lord of the Rings: The Two Towers ; and The Lord of the Rings: The Return of the King (collectively, the “Trilogy”) by, among other things, failing to make full payment to plaintiffs for their participation in the Trilogy’s gross receipts. The suit also sought declarations as to the meaning of several provisions of the relevant agreements, including a declaration that would terminate defendants’ future rights to other motion pictures based on J.R.R. Tolkien’s works, including The Hobbit . In addition, the complaint set forth related claims of breach of fiduciary duty, fraud and for reformation, an accounting and imposition of a constructive trust. Plaintiffs sought compensatory damages in excess of $150 million, unspecified punitive damages, and other relief. In September 2009, the parties agreed to a binding term sheet, subject to definitive documentation, to resolve this matter.
     On September 9, 2009, several music labels filed a complaint, and on October 9, 2009 filed an amended complaint, in the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Tennessee against the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Warner Bros. Entertainment Inc., Telepictures Productions Inc., and WAD Productions Inc., among other named defendants. Plaintiffs allege that defendants made unauthorized use of certain sound recordings on The Ellen DeGeneres Show , in violation of the federal Copyright Act and the Tennessee Consumer Protection Act. Plaintiffs seek unspecified monetary damages. On November 25, 2009, defendants filed a motion to transfer the case to the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, which motion was granted on February 19, 2010. In January, February and March 2010, the Company and its subsidiaries reached agreements with the Sony Music Entertainment, Capitol Records, LLC (dba EMI Records North America) and Warner Music Group, Inc. groups of plaintiffs, respectively, to resolve their asserted claims on terms that are not material to the Company. The Company intends to defend against the claims by the remaining plaintiffs in the lawsuit vigorously.
     On September 20, 2007, Brantley, et al. v. NBC Universal, Inc., et al. was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California against the Company. The complaint, which also named as defendants several other programming content providers (collectively, the “programmer defendants”) as well as cable and satellite providers (collectively, the “distributor defendants”), alleged violations of Sections 1 and 2 of the Sherman Antitrust Act. Among other things, the complaint alleged coordination between and among the programmer defendants to sell and/or license programming on a “bundled” basis to the distributor defendants, who in turn purportedly offer that programming to subscribers in packaged tiers, rather than on a per channel (or “à la carte”) basis. Plaintiffs, who seek to represent a purported nationwide class of cable and satellite subscribers, demand, among other things, unspecified treble monetary damages and an injunction to compel the offering of channels to subscribers on an “à la carte” basis. On December 3, 2007, plaintiffs filed an amended

36


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
complaint in this action (the “First Amended Complaint”) that, among other things, dropped the Section 2 claims and all allegations of horizontal coordination. The defendants, including the Company, filed motions to dismiss the First Amended Complaint and these motions were granted, with leave to amend. On March 20, 2008, plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint (the “Second Amended Complaint”) that modified certain aspects of the First Amended Complaint. On April 22, 2008, the defendants, including the Company, filed motions to dismiss the Second Amended Complaint, which motions were denied. On July 14, 2008, the defendants filed motions requesting the court to certify its order for interlocutory appeal to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit, which motions were denied. On November 14, 2008, the Company was dismissed as a programmer defendant, and Turner was substituted in its place. On May 1, 2009, by stipulation of the parties, plaintiffs filed a third amended complaint (the “Third Amended Complaint”) and a related motion to adjudicate an element of plaintiffs’ claim. On June 12, 2009, all defendants opposed that motion and moved to dismiss the Third Amended Complaint. On the same date, the distributor defendants also filed a motion to dismiss for lack of standing. In an order dated October 15, 2009, the court denied plaintiffs’ motion and granted defendants’ motion, dismissing the Third Amended Complaint with prejudice. On October 30, 2009, plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit. The Company intends to defend against this lawsuit vigorously.
     On April 4, 2007, the National Labor Relations Board (“NLRB”) issued a complaint against CNN America Inc. (“CNN America”) and Team Video Services, LLC (“Team Video”). This administrative proceeding relates to CNN America’s December 2003 and January 2004 terminations of its contractual relationships with Team Video, under which Team Video had provided electronic newsgathering services in Washington, DC and New York, NY. The National Association of Broadcast Employees and Technicians, under which Team Video’s employees were unionized, initially filed charges of unfair labor practices with the NLRB in February 2004, alleging that CNN America and Team Video were joint employers, that CNN America was a successor employer to Team Video, and/or that CNN America discriminated in its hiring practices to avoid becoming a successor employer or due to specific individuals’ union affiliation or activities. The NLRB investigated the charges and issued the above-noted complaint. The complaint seeks, among other things, the reinstatement of certain union members and monetary damages. A hearing in the matter before an NLRB Administrative Law Judge began on December 3, 2007 and ended on July 21, 2008. On November 19, 2008, the Administrative Law Judge issued a non-binding recommended decision finding CNN America liable. On February 17, 2009, CNN America filed exceptions to this decision with the NLRB. The Company intends to defend against this matter vigorously.
     On June 6, 2005, David McDavid and certain related entities (collectively, “McDavid”) filed a complaint against Turner and the Company in Georgia state court. The complaint asserted, among other things, claims for breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty, promissory estoppel and fraud relating to an alleged oral agreement between plaintiffs and Turner for the sale of the Atlanta Hawks and Thrashers sports franchises and certain operating rights to the Philips Arena. On August 20, 2008, the court issued an order dismissing all claims against the Company. The court also dismissed certain claims against Turner for breach of an alleged oral exclusivity agreement, for promissory estoppel based on the alleged exclusivity agreement and for breach of fiduciary duty. A trial as to the remaining claims against Turner commenced on October 8, 2008 and concluded on December 2, 2008. On December 9, 2008, the jury announced its verdict in favor of McDavid on the breach of contract and promissory estoppel claims, awarding damages on those claims of $281 million and $35 million, respectively. Pursuant to the court’s direction that McDavid choose one of the two claim awards, McDavid elected the $281 million award. The jury found in favor of Turner on the two remaining claims of fraud and breach of confidential information. On January 12, 2009, Turner filed a motion to overturn the jury verdict or, in the alternative, for a new trial, and, on April 22, 2009, the court denied the motion. On April 23, 2009, Turner filed a notice of appeal to the Georgia Court of Appeals and on June 15, 2009 posted a $25 million letter of credit as security pending appeal. On March 26, 2010, the Georgia Court of Appeals denied Turner’s appeal, and, on April 9, 2010, it denied Turner’s motion for reconsideration of that decision. On April 29, 2010, Turner filed a petition for certiorari with the Georgia Supreme Court. The Company has a reserve established for this matter at March 31, 2010 of approximately $307 million (including interest accrued through such date), although it intends to defend against this lawsuit vigorously.
     On March 10, 2009, Anderson News L.L.C. and Anderson Services L.L.C. (collectively, “Anderson News”) filed an antitrust lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against several magazine publishers, distributors and wholesalers, including Time Inc. and one of its subsidiaries, Time/Warner Retail Sales & Marketing, Inc. Plaintiffs allege that defendants violated Section 1 of the Sherman Antitrust Act by engaging in an antitrust conspiracy against Anderson News, as well as other related state law claims. Plaintiffs are seeking unspecified monetary damages. On December 14, 2009, defendants filed motions to dismiss the complaint. The Company intends to defend against this lawsuit vigorously.

37


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
     From time to time, the Company receives notices from third parties claiming that it infringes their intellectual property rights. Claims of intellectual property infringement could require Time Warner to enter into royalty or licensing agreements on unfavorable terms, incur substantial monetary liability or be enjoined preliminarily or permanently from further use of the intellectual property in question. In addition, certain agreements entered into by the Company may require the Company to indemnify the other party for certain third-party intellectual property infringement claims, which could increase the Company’s damages and its costs of defending against such claims. Even if the claims are without merit, defending against the claims can be time-consuming and costly.
     The costs and other effects of pending or future litigation, governmental investigations, legal and administrative cases and proceedings (whether civil or criminal), settlements, judgments and investigations, claims and changes in those matters (including those matters described above), and developments or assertions by or against the Company relating to intellectual property rights and intellectual property licenses, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and operating results.
Income Tax Uncertainties
     During the three months ended March 31, 2010, the Company recorded additional income tax reserves of approximately $20 million. Of the $20 million additional income tax reserves, approximately $4 million would affect the Company’s effective tax rate if reversed. During the three months ended March 31, 2010, the Company recorded interest reserves related to the income tax reserves of approximately $25 million.
14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
     The Company has entered into certain transactions in the ordinary course of business with unconsolidated investees accounted for under the equity method of accounting. These transactions have been executed on terms comparable to those of transactions with unrelated third parties and primarily include the licensing of broadcast rights to The CW for film and television product, by the Filmed Entertainment segment and the licensing of rights to carry cable television programming provided by the Networks segment. For the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, revenues from related parties were $87 million and $90 million, respectively.
15. ADDITIONAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Cash Flows
     Additional financial information with respect to cash (payments) and receipts is as follows (millions):
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2010   2009
 
               
Cash payments made for interest
  $ (153 )   $ (141 )
Interest income received
    5       11  
 
       
Cash interest payments, net
  $ (148 )   $ (130 )
 
       
 
Cash payments made for income taxes
  $ (88 )   $ (84 )
Income tax refunds received
    8       44  
TWC and AOL tax sharing payments, net (a)
    -       (24 )
 
       
Cash tax payments, net
  $ (80 )   $ (64 )
 
       
 
 
(a)  
Represents net amounts paid to TWC and AOL in accordance with tax sharing agreements with TWC and AOL.
     The consolidated statement of cash flows reflects approximately $40 million of common stock repurchases that were included in other current liabilities at December 31, 2009 but for which payment was not made until the first quarter of 2010. Additionally, the consolidated statement of cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2010 does not reflect approximately $26 million of common stock repurchases that were included in other current liabilities at March 31, 2010 but for which payment was not made until the second quarter of 2010.

38


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Interest Expense, Net
     Interest expense, net, consists of (millions):
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2010   2009
 
               
Interest income
  $ 25     $ 35  
Interest expense
    (321 )     (348 )
 
       
Total interest expense, net
  $ (296 )   $ (313 )
 
       
Other Loss, Net
     Other loss, net, consists of (millions):
                 
    Three Months Ended March 31,
    2010   2009
 
               
Investment losses, net
  $ (3 )   $ (13 )
Premium paid and costs incurred on debt redemption
    (55 )     -  
Loss on equity method investees
    -       (10 )
Other
    5       1  
 
       
Total other loss, net
  $ (53 )   $ (22 )
 
       
Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities
     Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consist of (millions):
                 
          March 31, 2010         December 31, 2009
 
               
Accounts payable
  $      604     $      677  
Accrued expenses
    2,157       2,495  
Participations payable
    2,521       2,652  
Programming costs payable
    719       681  
Accrued compensation
    566       916  
Accrued interest
    383       257  
Accrued income taxes
    341       129  
 
       
Total accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $ 7,291     $ 7,807  
 
       
Other Noncurrent Liabilities
     Other noncurrent liabilities consist of (millions):
                 
          March 31, 2010         December 31, 2009
 
               
Noncurrent tax and interest reserves
  $      2,246     $      2,173  
Participations payable
    740       766  
Programming costs payable
    1,261       1,242  
Noncurrent pension and post retirement liabilities
    604       582  
Deferred compensation
    568       565  
Other noncurrent liabilities
    609       639  
 
       
Total other noncurrent liabilities
  $ 6,028     $ 5,967  
 
       

39


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Overview
     Set forth below are condensed consolidating financial statements presenting the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of (i) Time Warner Inc. (the “Parent Company”), (ii) Historic TW Inc. (in its own capacity and as successor to Time Warner Companies, Inc.), Home Box Office, Inc., and Turner Broadcasting System, Inc., each a wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent Company, on a combined basis (collectively, the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”), (iii) the direct and indirect non-guarantor subsidiaries of the Parent Company (the “Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries”) on a combined basis and (iv) the eliminations necessary to arrive at the information for Time Warner Inc. on a consolidated basis. The Guarantor Subsidiaries, fully and unconditionally, jointly and severally, guarantee the securities issued under the Indentures on an unsecured basis.
     As discussed more fully in Note 1 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements, the 2009 financial information has been recast to reflect the retroactive adoption of amendments to accounting guidance pertaining to the accounting for transfers of financial assets and variable interest entities.
     There are no legal or regulatory restrictions on the Parent Company’s ability to obtain funds from any of its wholly owned subsidiaries through dividends, loans or advances.
Basis of Presentation
     In presenting the condensed consolidating financial statements, the equity method of accounting has been applied to (i) the Parent Company’s interests in the Guarantor Subsidiaries and (ii) the Guarantor Subsidiaries’ interests in the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries, where applicable, even though all such subsidiaries meet the requirements to be consolidated under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. All intercompany balances and transactions between the Parent Company, the Guarantor Subsidiaries and the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries have been eliminated, as shown in the column “Eliminations.”
     The Parent Company’s accounting bases in all subsidiaries, including goodwill and identified intangible assets, have been “pushed down” to the applicable subsidiaries. Corporate overhead expenses have been reflected as expenses of the Parent Company and have not been allocated to the Guarantor Subsidiaries or the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries. Interest income (expense) is determined based on third-party debt and the relevant intercompany amounts within the respective legal entity.
     All direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries are included in Time Warner Inc.’s consolidated U.S. tax return. In the condensed consolidating financial statements, tax expense has been allocated based on each such subsidiary’s relative pretax income to the consolidated pretax income. With respect to the use of certain consolidated tax attributes (principally operating and capital loss carryforwards), such benefits have been allocated to the respective subsidiary that generated the taxable income permitting such use (i.e., pro-rata based on where the income was generated). For example, to the extent a Non-Guarantor Subsidiary generated a gain on the sale of a business for which the Parent Company utilized tax attributes to offset such gain, the tax attribute benefit would be allocated to that Non-Guarantor Subsidiary. Deferred taxes of the Parent Company, the Guarantor Subsidiaries and the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries have been allocated based upon the temporary differences between the carrying amounts of the respective assets and liabilities of the applicable entities.
     Certain transfers of cash between subsidiaries and their parent companies, and intercompany dividends, are reflected as cash flows from investing and financing activities in the accompanying condensed consolidating statements of cash flows. All other intercompany activity is reflected in cash flows from operations.

40


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Consolidating Balance Sheet
March 31, 2010
(Unaudited; millions)
                                         
                                    Time
    Parent   Guarantor   Non-Guarantor           Warner
    Company   Subsidiaries   Subsidiaries   Eliminations   Consolidated
ASSETS
                                       
Current assets
                                       
Cash and equivalents
  $ 4,021     $ 206     $ 940     $ -     $ 5,167  
Receivables, net
    47       636       4,460       -       5,143  
Inventories
    -       495       1,395       -       1,890  
Deferred income taxes
    651       615       457       (1,072 )     651  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    137       83       322       -       542  
 
                   
Total current assets
    4,856       2,035       7,574       (1,072 )     13,393  
Noncurrent inventories and film costs
    -       1,793       4,126       (112 )     5,807  
Investments in amounts due to and from consolidated subsidiaries
    43,048       21,888       11,384       (76,320 )     -  
Investments, including available-for-sale securities
    61       363       1,858       (539 )     1,743  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    356       498       2,961       -       3,815  
Intangible assets subject to amortization, net
    -       1       2,700       -       2,701  
Intangible assets not subject to amortization
    -       2,007       5,747       -       7,754  
Goodwill
    -       9,879       19,879       -       29,758  
Other assets
    192       91       812       -       1,095  
 
                   
Total assets
  $ 48,513     $ 38,555     $ 57,041     $ (78,043 )   $ 66,066  
 
                   
 
                                       
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
                                       
Current liabilities
                                       
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $ 883     $ 1,112     $ 5,313     $ (17 )   $ 7,291  
Deferred revenue
    -       22       875       (25 )     872  
Debt due within one year
    227       11       22       -       260  
 
                   
Total current liabilities
    1,110       1,145       6,210       (42 )     8,423  
Long-term debt
    11,023       5,332       32       -       16,387  
Due (to) from affiliates
    (838 )     -       838       -       -  
Deferred income taxes
    1,633       3,121       2,641       (5,762 )     1,633  
Deferred revenue
    -       -       363       (83 )     280  
Other noncurrent liabilities
    2,274       2,061       3,548       (1,855 )     6,028  
Equity
                                       
Due (to) from Time Warner and subsidiaries
    -       (19,147 )     1,538       17,609       -  
Other shareholders’ equity
    33,311       46,043       41,867       (87,910 )     33,311  
 
                   
Total Time Warner Inc. shareholders’ equity
    33,311       26,896       43,405       (70,301 )     33,311  
Noncontrolling interests
    -       -       4       -       4  
 
                   
Total equity
    33,311       26,896       43,409       (70,301 )     33,315  
 
                   
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 48,513     $ 38,555     $ 57,041     $ (78,043 )   $ 66,066  
 
                   

41


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Consolidating Balance Sheet
December 31, 2009
(Unaudited; millions)
                                         
                                    Time
    Parent   Guarantor   Non-Guarantor           Warner
    Company   Subsidiaries   Subsidiaries   Eliminations   Consolidated
ASSETS
                                       
Current assets
                                       
Cash and equivalents
  $ 3,863     $ 138     $ 732     $ -     $ 4,733  
Receivables, net
    44       641       4,385       -       5,070  
Securitized receivables
    -       -       805       -       805  
Inventories
    -       506       1,263       -       1,769  
Deferred income taxes
    670       633       477       (1,110 )     670  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    148       68       429       -       645  
 
                   
Total current assets
    4,725       1,986       8,091       (1,110 )     13,692  
Noncurrent inventories and film costs
    -       1,814       4,055       (115 )     5,754  
Investments in amounts due to and from consolidated subsidiaries
    41,585       20,782       11,241       (73,608 )     -  
Investments, including available-for-sale securities
    65       392       1,603       (518 )     1,542  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    382       496       3,044       -       3,922  
Intangible assets subject to amortization, net
    -       1       2,675       -       2,676  
Intangible assets not subject to amortization
    -       2,007       5,727       -       7,734  
Goodwill
    -       9,879       19,760       -       29,639  
Other assets
    196       69       835       -       1,100  
 
                   
Total assets
  $ 46,953     $ 37,426     $ 57,031     $ (75,351 )   $ 66,059  
 
                   
 
                                       
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
                                       
Current liabilities
                                       
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  $ 657     $ 1,164     $ 6,049     $ (63 )   $ 7,807  
Deferred revenue
    -       13       789       (21 )     781  
Debt due within one year
    -       12       45       -       57  
Non-recourse debt
    -       -       805       -       805  
Current liabilities of discontinued operations
    23       -       -       -       23  
 
                   
Total current liabilities
    680       1,189       7,688       (84 )     9,473  
Long-term debt
    9,979       5,335       32       -       15,346  
Due (to) from affiliates
    (907 )     -       907       -       -  
Deferred income taxes
    1,607       3,147       2,658       (5,805 )     1,607  
Deferred revenue
    -       -       360       (91 )     269  
Other noncurrent liabilities
    2,198       2,004       3,525       (1,760 )     5,967  
Equity
                                       
Due (to) from Time Warner and subsidiaries
    -       (19,327 )     1,461       17,866       -  
Other shareholders’ equity
    33,396       45,078       40,399       (85,477 )     33,396  
 
                   
Total Time Warner Inc. shareholders’ equity
    33,396       25,751       41,860       (67,611 )     33,396  
Noncontrolling interests
    -       -       1       -       1  
 
                   
Total equity
    33,396       25,751       41,861       (67,611 )     33,397  
 
                   
Total liabilities and equity
  $ 46,953     $ 37,426     $ 57,031     $ (75,351 )   $ 66,059  
 
                   

42


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Consolidating Statement of Operations
For The Three Months Ended March 31, 2010
(Unaudited; millions)
                                         
                                    Time
    Parent   Guarantor   Non-Guarantor           Warner
    Company   Subsidiaries   Subsidiaries   Eliminations   Consolidated
 
                                       
Revenues
  $ -     $ 1,342     $ 5,022     $ (42 )   $ 6,322  
Costs of revenues
    -       (599 )     (2,789 )     35       (3,353 )
Selling, general and administrative
    (106 )     (224 )     (1,162 )     4       (1,488 )
Amortization of intangible assets
    -       -       (68 )     -       (68 )
Restructuring costs
    -       -       (9 )     -       (9 )
Gain on consolidated assets
    -       59       -       -       59  
 
                   
Operating income (loss)
    (106 )     578       994       (3 )     1,463  
Equity in pretax income of consolidated subsidiaries
    1,459       989       411       (2,859 )     -  
Interest expense, net
    (180 )     (108 )     (8 )     -       (296 )
Other income (loss), net
    (59 )     -       34       (28 )     (53 )
 
                   
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    1,114       1,459       1,431       (2,890 )     1,114  
Income tax provision
    (389 )     (502 )     (509 )     1,011       (389 )
 
                   
Income from continuing operations
    725       957       922       (1,879 )     725  
Discontinued operations, net of tax
    -       -       -       -       -  
 
                   
Net income
    725       957       922       (1,879 )     725  
Less Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
    -       -       -       -       -  
 
                   
Net income attributable to Time Warner Inc. shareholders
  $ 725     $ 957     $ 922     $ (1,879 )   $ 725  
 
                   

43


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Consolidating Statement of Operations
For The Three Months Ended March 31, 2009
(Unaudited; millions)
                                         
                                    Time
    Parent   Guarantor   Non-Guarantor           Warner
    Company   Subsidiaries   Subsidiaries   Eliminations   Consolidated
 
                                       
Revenues
  $ -     $ 1,273     $ 4,798     $ (75 )   $ 5,996  
Costs of revenues
    -       (608 )     (2,826 )     76       (3,358 )
Selling, general and administrative
    (91 )     (199 )     (1,211 )     -       (1,501 )
Amortization of intangible assets
    -       -       (77 )     -       (77 )
Restructuring costs
    -       -       (36 )     -       (36 )
 
                   
Operating income (loss)
    (91 )     466       648       1       1,024  
Equity in pretax income of consolidated subsidiaries
    986       627       310       (1,923 )     -  
Interest expense, net
    (198 )     (107 )     (9 )     1       (313 )
Other income (loss), net
    (8 )     3       13       (30 )     (22 )
 
                   
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    689       989       962       (1,951 )     689  
Income tax provision
    (227 )     (338 )     (329 )     667       (227 )
 
                   
Income from continuing operations
    462       651       633       (1,284 )     462  
Discontinued operations, net of tax
    226       181       283       (464 )     226  
 
                   
Net income
    688       832       916       (1,748 )     688  
Less Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
    (28 )     (20 )     (32 )     52       (28 )
 
                   
Net income attributable to Time Warner Inc. shareholders
  $ 660     $ 812     $ 884     $ (1,696 )   $ 660  
 
                   

44


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
For The Three Months Ended March 31, 2010
(Unaudited; millions)
                                         
                    Non-              
    Parent   Guarantor   Guarantor           Time Warner
    Company   Subsidiaries   Subsidiaries   Eliminations   Consolidated
 
                                       
OPERATIONS
                                       
Net income
  $ 725     $ 957     $ 922     $ (1,879 )   $ 725  
Less Discontinued operations, net of tax
    -       -       -       -       -  
 
                   
Net income from continuing operations
    725       957       922       (1,879 )     725  
Adjustments for noncash and nonoperating items:
                                       
Depreciation and amortization
    9       34       189       -       232  
Amortization of film and television costs
    -       457       925       2       1,384  
Loss on investments and other assets, net
    4       -       -       -       4  
Deficiency of distributions over equity in pretax income of consolidated subsidiaries, net of cash cash distributions
    (1,459 )     (989 )     (411 )     2,859       -  
Equity in losses of investee companies, net of distributions
    -       7       5       -       12  
Equity-based compensation
    16       22       52       -       90  
Deferred income taxes
    10       (7 )     5       2       10  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions
    433       45       (599 )     (980 )     (1,101 )
Intercompany
    -       105       (105 )     -       -  
 
                   
Cash provided (used) by operations from continuing operations
    (262 )     631       983       4       1,356  
 
                   
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
                                       
Investments in available-for-sale securities
    -       -       (1 )     -       (1 )
Investments and acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    (1 )     (287 )     (186 )     -       (474 )
Capital expenditures
    (1 )     (15 )     (73 )     -       (89 )
Advances to (from) parent and consolidated subsidiaries
    (64 )     (440 )     -       504       -  
Other investment proceeds
    22       2       5       -       29  
 
                   
Cash used by investing activities from continuing operations
    (44 )     (740 )     (255 )     504       (535 )
 
                   
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
                                       
Borrowings
    2,043       -       49       -       2,092  
Debt repayments
    (773 )     -       (896 )     -       (1,669 )
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    42       -       -       -       42  
Excess tax benefit on stock options
    1       -       -       -       1  
Principal payments on capital leases
    -       (3 )     (1 )     -       (4 )
Repurchases of common stock
    (514 )     -       -       -       (514 )
Dividends paid
    (248 )     -       -       -       (248 )
Other financing activities
    (64 )     -       -       -       (64 )
Change in due to/from parent and investment in segment
    -       180       328       (508 )     -  
 
                   
Cash provided (used) by financing activities from continuing operations
    487       177       (520 )     (508 )     (364 )
 
                   
Cash provided by continuing operations
    181       68       208       -       457  
 
                   
 
                                       
Cash used by operations from discontinued operations
    (23 )     -       -       -       (23 )
Cash used by investing activities from discontinued operations
    -       -       -       -       -  
Cash used by financing activities from discontinued operations
    -       -       -       -       -  
Effect of change in cash and equivalents of discontinued operations
    -       -       -       -       -  
 
                   
Cash used by discontinued operations
    (23 )     -       -       -       (23 )
 
                   
 
                                       
INCREASE IN CASH AND EQUIVALENTS
    158       68       208       -       434  
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD
    3,863       138       732       -       4,733  
 
                   
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD
  $ 4,021     $ 206     $ 940     $ -     $ 5,167  
 
                   

45


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (Continued)
Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
For The Three Months Ended March 31, 2009
(Unaudited; millions)
                                         
                    Non-              
    Parent   Guarantor   Guarantor           Time Warner
    Company   Subsidiaries   Subsidiaries   Eliminations   Consolidated
 
                                       
OPERATIONS
                                       
Net income
  $ 688     $ 832     $ 916     $ (1,748 )   $ 688  
Less Discontinued operations, net of tax
    226       181       283       (464 )     226  
 
                   
Net income from continuing operations
    462       651       633       (1,284 )     462  
Adjustments for noncash and nonoperating items:
                                       
Depreciation and amortization
    10       31       201       -       242  
Amortization of film and television costs
    -       472       1,108       -       1,580  
Loss on investments and other assets, net
    -       2       1       -       3  
Deficiency of distributions over equity in pretax income of consolidated subsidiaries, net of cash distributions
    (986 )     (627 )     (310 )     1,923       -  
Equity in (income) losses of investee companies, net of cash distributions
    -       (3 )     22       -       19  
Equity-based compensation
    13       15       37       -       65  
Deferred income taxes
    (32 )     (43 )     (43 )     86       (32 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions
    816       201       (1,459 )     (732 )     (1,174 )
Intercompany
    -       (195 )     195       -       -  
 
                   
Cash provided (used) by operations from continuing operations
    283       504       385       (7 )     1,165  
 
                   
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
                                       
Investments in available-for-sale securities
    (2 )     -       -       -       (2 )
Investments and acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    -       (12 )     (30 )     -       (42 )
Capital expenditures
    (13 )     (17 )     (71 )     -       (101 )
Investment proceeds from available-for-sale securities
    -       -       5       -       5  
Proceeds from the Special Dividend paid by Time Warner Cable Inc.
    9,253       -       -       -       9,253  
Advances to (from) parent and consolidated subsidiaries
    943       552       -       (1,495 )     -  
Other investment proceeds
    38       2       4       -       44  
 
                   
Cash provided (used) by investing activities from continuing operations
    10,219       525       (92 )     (1,495 )     9,157  
 
                   
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
                                       
Borrowings
    3,493       -       14       -       3,507  
Debt repayments
    (7,983 )     -       (91 )     -       (8,074 )
Principal payments on capital leases
    -       (4 )     -       -       (4 )
Dividends paid
    (226 )     -       -       -       (226 )
Other financing activities
    (8 )     -       -       -       (8 )
Change in due to/from parent and investment in segment
    -       (1,029 )     (473 )     1,502       -  
 
                   
Cash used by financing activities from continuing operations
    (4,724 )     (1,033 )     (550 )     1,502       (4,805 )
 
                   
Cash provided (used) by continuing operations
    5,778       (4 )     (257 )     -       5,517  
 
                   
 
                                       
Cash provided by operations from discontinued operations
    -       -       952       -       952  
Cash used by investing activities from discontinued operations
    -       -       (662 )     -       (662 )
Cash used by financing activities from discontinued operations
    -       -       (5,231 )     -       (5,231 )
Effect of change in cash and equivalents of discontinued operations
    -       -       5,278       -       5,278  
 
                   
Cash provided by discontinued operations
    -       -       337       -       337  
 
                   
 
                                       
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND EQUIVALENTS
    5,778       (4 )     80       -       5,854  
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD
    469       103       510       -       1,082  
 
                   
CASH AND EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD
  $ 6,247     $ 99     $ 590     $ -     $ 6,936  
 
                   

46


Table of Contents

Part II. Other Information
Item 1. Legal Proceedings.
     The following information supplements and amends the disclosure set forth under Part 1, Item 3. Legal Proceedings in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 (the “2009 Form 10-K”).
     Reference is made to the tax cases in Brazil involving Warner Bros. (South) Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, described on page 27 of the 2009 Form 10-K. The majority of these cases have been settled through participation in government-sponsored tax amnesty programs. For the federal taxes included in the federal tax amnesty program, the application of prior judicial deposits to the federal taxes, the return of any excess judicial deposits and the dismissal of the underlying tax cases remain pending. The Company does not view these procedural matters or the remaining claims to be material. As a result, the Company does not intend to include disclosure regarding this matter in its future periodic reports.
     Reference is made to the lawsuit filed by several music labels described on page 28 of the 2009 Form 10-K. On February 19, 2010, the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Tennessee granted defendants’ motion to transfer the case to the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California. In January, February and March 2010, the Company and its subsidiaries reached agreements with the Sony Music Entertainment, Capitol Records, LLC (dba EMI Records North America) and Warner Music Group, Inc. groups of plaintiffs, respectively, to resolve their asserted claims on terms that are not material to the Company.
     Reference is made to the lawsuit filed by David McDavid and certain related entities described on page 29 of the 2009 Form 10-K. On March 26, 2010, the Georgia Court of Appeals denied Turner Broadcasting System, Inc.’s (“Turner”) appeal, and, on April 9, 2010, it denied Turner’s motion for reconsideration of that decision. On April 29, 2010, Turner filed a petition for certiorari with the Georgia Supreme Court.
Item 1A. Risk Factors.
     There have been no material changes in the Company’s risk factors as previously disclosed in Part I, Item 1A of the 2009 Form 10-K.

47


Table of Contents

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds.
Company Purchases of Equity Securities
     The following table provides information about the Company’s purchases of equity securities registered by the Company pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act during the quarter ended March 31, 2010.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
                                 
                    Total Number of   Approximate Dollar  
                    Shares Purchased as   Value of Shares that  
                    Part of Publicly   May Yet Be  
    Total Number of   Average Price     Announced Plans or   Purchased Under the  
Period
   Shares Purchased 
    Paid Per Share(1)          Programs(2)   
     Plans or Programs(1)     
January 1, 2010 - January 31, 2010
    5,515,007     $ 28.24          5,515,007     $ 2,844,282,691  
February 1, 2010 - February 28, 2010
    5,107,010     $ 28.30          5,107,010     $ 2,699,751,667  
March 1, 2010 - March 31, 2010
    6,461,570     $ 30.75          6,461,570     $ 2,501,033,621  
 
                               
Total
      17,083,587     $ 29.21            17,083,587     $ 2,501,033,621  
 
     
(1)  
The amount does not give effect to any fees, commissions or other costs associated with the repurchase of shares.
 
(2)  
On February 3, 2010, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had authorized repurchases of up to $3 billion of Common Stock for purchases beginning January 1, 2010. Purchases under the stock repurchase program may be made, from time to time, on the open market and in privately negotiated transactions. The size and timing of these purchases will be based on a number of factors, including price and business and market conditions. In the past, the Company has repurchased shares of Common Stock pursuant to trading programs under Rule 10b5-1 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and it may repurchase shares of Common Stock under such trading programs in the future.
Item 4. Other Information.
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement
     On April 29, 2010, the Company entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with John K. Martin, Jr., effective as of January 1, 2010. The amended and restated agreement extends the term of Mr. Martin’s employment as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company to December 31, 2013. The agreement also provides for increases in compensation as follows: (i) annual base salary of $1.5 million retroactive to January 1, 2010, (ii) a discretionary cash bonus with a target amount of $3.75 million beginning with the bonus for 2010, and (iii) annual long-term incentive compensation with a target value of $3.25 million beginning in 2011.
     The agreement continues the severance provisions in effect immediately prior to the amendment. In the event of a termination of Mr. Martin’s employment by the Company other than for cause or by Mr. Martin due to material breach by the Company, Mr. Martin would have a severance period of two years after the effective date of termination and would be paid amounts equal to his annual salary and average annual bonus during the severance period. In other respects, the terms of Mr. Martin’s employment with the Company were not changed by the amended and restated employment agreement.
     In approving the increase in compensation and extension of the employment agreement, the Compensation and Human Development Committee of the Board of Directors noted the exceptional performance of Mr. Martin as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, the integral role he has played as the Company’s senior financial executive and in providing strategic leadership on key Company-wide initiatives, and his standing among his peers at media and entertainment companies.
Time Warner Supplemental Savings Plan
     In connection with changes to the Company’s defined benefit pension plans and the Time Warner Savings Plan approved on March 25, 2010 in a transition to defined contribution retirement programs for U.S. employees, the

48


Table of Contents

Company’s Board of Directors approved the adoption of the Time Warner Supplemental Savings Plan (the “Supplemental Savings Plan”), which will become effective January 1, 2011.
     Under the Supplemental Savings Plan, eligible employees earning more than the Internal Revenue Service compensation limit for qualified savings plans ($245,000 in 2010) (the “IRS Limit”) will be permitted to defer receipt of a percentage of eligible compensation above the IRS Limit. Prior to each year, employees may elect to defer up to 50% of eligible compensation between the IRS Limit and $500,000 and up to 90% of eligible compensation above $500,000. The Company will make matching deferrals on the first 6% of eligible compensation an employee defers on eligible compensation up to $500,000 at the same rates that the Company makes matching contributions in the Time Warner Savings Plan (the Company’s qualified plan). The rates in effect when the Supplemental Savings Plan becomes effective will be 133% on the first 3% of eligible compensation deferred and 100% on the next 3% of eligible compensation deferred, or a total Company matching deferral equal to 7% of eligible compensation if an employee defers 6% of eligible compensation. There will not be Company matching deferrals on amounts employees defer based on eligible compensation above $500,000.
     The Company matching deferrals under the Supplemental Savings Plan will vest in two years, with an employee’s years of service at the time he or she begins participating in the plan counting toward the two-year vesting requirement.
     The employee deferrals and any Company matching deferrals under the Supplemental Savings Plan are general unsecured obligations of the Company to pay deferred compensation in the future from the general assets of the Company in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Savings Plan. All payments made by the Company under the Supplemental Savings Plan will be made directly by the Company from its general assets subject to the claims of any creditors, and no deferred compensation under the Supplemental Savings Plan shall be segregated or earmarked or held in trust.
     Eligible employees who choose to participate in the Supplemental Savings Plan (and remain actively employed with the Company through the time the transition award is made) will receive transition awards based on certain eligible compensation that cannot be deferred to the Supplemental Savings Plan at the time it begins. The transition awards will approximate the amount of Company matching deferrals a participating employee would have received (1) if participation in the Supplemental Savings Plan had begun on July 1, 2010 rather than January 1, 2011 and (2) the 2010 bonus paid in 2011 could be deferred under the Supplemental Savings Plan. The special transition awards will vest immediately upon being made.
Item 5. Exhibits.
     The exhibits listed on the accompanying Exhibit Index are submitted with or incorporated by reference as a part of this report and such Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

49


Table of Contents

TIME WARNER INC.
SIGNATURE
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
         
 
  TIME WARNER INC.
(Registrant)
   
 
       
Date: May 5, 2010
   /s/  John K. Martin, Jr.  
 
  John K. Martin, Jr.
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
   

50


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
Pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-K
     
Exhibit No.   Description of Exhibit
4.1
 
Indenture dated as of March 11, 2010 among Time Warner Inc. (the “Registrant”), Historic TW Inc., Home Box Office, Inc., Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee.
 
10.1
 
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement made April 29, 2010, effective as of January 1, 2010, between the Registrant and John Martin. +
 
10.2
  Time Warner Supplemental Savings Plan. +
 
31.1
 
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, with respect to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010.
 
31.2
 
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, with respect to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010.
 
32
 
Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, with respect to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010. †
 
101
 
The following financial information from the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 5, 2010, formatted in eXtensible Business Reporting Language:
 
 
(i) Consolidated Balance Sheet at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, (ii) Consolidated Statement of Operations for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, (iii) Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, (iv) Consolidated Statement of Equity for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (tagged as blocks of text) and (vi) Supplementary Information — Condensed Consolidating Financial Statements (tagged as a block of text). †
 
+  
This exhibit is a management contract or compensation plan or arrangement.
 
 
This exhibit will not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78r), or otherwise subject to the liability of that section. Such exhibit will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or Securities Exchange Act, except to the extent that the Registrant specifically incorporates it by reference.

51

Exhibit 4.1
EXECUTION COPY
 
 
TIME WARNER INC.,
HISTORIC TW INC.,
as Guarantor
HOME BOX OFFICE, INC.,
as Guarantor
TURNER BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.,
as Guarantor
and
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
Trustee
INDENTURE
Dated as of March 11, 2010
 
Providing for Issuance of Senior Securities in Series
 
 

 


 

Table Showing Reflection in Indenture of Certain Provisions
of Trust Indenture Act of 1939,
as amended by the Trust Indenture Reform Act of 1990
Reflected in Indenture
         
TIA       Section
§310
  (a)(1)   6.09
 
  (a)(2)   6.09
 
  (a)(3)   Not Applicable
 
  (a)(4)   Not Applicable
 
  (a)(5)   6.09
 
  (b)   6.08
 
       
§311
  (a)   6.13(a)
 
  (b)   6.13(b)
 
  (b)(2)   7.03(a)
 
      7.03(b)
 
       
§312
  (a)   7.01
 
      7.02(a)
 
  (b)   7.03(b)
 
  (c)   7.02(c)
 
       
§313
  (a)   7.03(a)
 
  (b)   7.03(b)
 
  (c)   7.03(a)
 
      7.03(b)
 
  (d)   7.03(c)
 
       
§314
  (a)(1)   7.04
 
  (a)(2)   7.04
 
  (a)(3)   7.04
 
  (a)(4)   10.04
 
  (b)   Not Applicable
 
  (c)(1)   1.02
 
  (c)(2)   1.02
 
  (c)(3)   Not Applicable
 
  (d)   Not Applicable
 
  (e)   1.02
 
       
§315
  (a)   6.01(a)
 
      6.01(c)
 
  (b)   6.02
 
      7.03(a)
 
  (c)   6.01(b)
 
  (d)   6.01
 
  (d)(1)   6.01(a)
 
  (d)(2)   6.01(c)(2)
 
  (d)(3)   6.01(c)(3)

 


 

         
TIA       Section
 
  (e)   5.14
 
       
§316
  (a)   1.01
 
  (a)(1)(A)   5.02
 
      5.12
 
  (a)(1)(B)   5.13
 
  (a)(2)   Not Applicable
 
  (b)   5.08
 
  (c)   1.04(d)
 
       
§317
  (a)(1)   5.03
 
  (a)(2)   5.04
 
  (b)   10.03
 
       
§318
  (a)   1.07
 
Note: This table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of the Indenture.

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
Article I
       
 
       
Definitions and Other Provisions of General Application
       
 
       
SECTION 1.01 Definitions
    1  
SECTION 1.02 Compliance Certificates and Opinions
    10  
SECTION 1.03 Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee
    10  
SECTION 1.04 Acts of Securityholders
    11  
SECTION 1.05 Notices, etc., to Trustee and Company
    12  
SECTION 1.06 Notices to Securityholders; Waiver
    12  
SECTION 1.07 Conflict with Trust Indenture Act
    13  
SECTION 1.08 Effect of Headings and Table of Contents
    13  
SECTION 1.09 Successors and Assigns
    13  
SECTION 1.10 Separability Clause
    13  
SECTION 1.11 Benefits of Indenture
    13  
SECTION 1.12 Governing Law
    13  
SECTION 1.13 Counterparts
    13  
SECTION 1.14 Judgment Currency
    13  
SECTION 1.15 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
    14  
SECTION 1.16 Force Majeure
    14  
 
       
Article II
       
 
       
Security Forms
       
 
       
SECTION 2.01 Forms Generally
    14  
SECTION 2.02 Forms of Securities
    14  
SECTION 2.03 Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication
    15  
SECTION 2.04 Securities Issuable in the Form of a Global Security
    15  
 
       
Article III
       
 
       
The Securities
       
 
       
SECTION 3.01 General Title; General Limitations; Issuable in Series; Terms of Particular Series
    17  
SECTION 3.02 Denominations
    19  
SECTION 3.03 Execution, Authentication and Delivery and Dating
    19  
SECTION 3.04 Temporary Securities
    21  
SECTION 3.05 Registration, Transfer and Exchange
    21  
SECTION 3.06 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities
    22  
SECTION 3.07 Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved
    23  
SECTION 3.08 Persons Deemed Owners
    24  
SECTION 3.09 Cancelation
    24  

i


 

         
    Page  
SECTION 3.10 Computation of Interest
    24  
SECTION 3.11 Delayed Issuance of Securities
    24  
 
       
Article IV
       
 
       
Satisfaction and Discharge
       
 
       
SECTION 4.01 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture
    25  
SECTION 4.02 Application of Trust Money
    26  
SECTION 4.03 Defeasance Upon Deposit of Funds or Government Obligations
    26  
SECTION 4.04 Reinstatement
    28  
 
       
Article V
       
 
       
Remedies
       
 
       
SECTION 5.01 Events of Default
    28  
SECTION 5.02 Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment
    30  
SECTION 5.03 Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee
    31  
SECTION 5.04 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
    32  
SECTION 5.05 Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities
    32  
SECTION 5.06 Application of Money Collected
    33  
SECTION 5.07 Limitation on Suits
    33  
SECTION 5.08 Unconditional Right of Securityholders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest
    34  
SECTION 5.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies
    34  
SECTION 5.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative
    34  
SECTION 5.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver
    34  
SECTION 5.12 Control by Securityholders
    34  
SECTION 5.13 Waiver of Past Defaults
    34  
SECTION 5.14 Undertaking for Costs
    35  
SECTION 5.15 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws
    35  
 
       
Article VI
       
 
       
The Trustee
       
 
       
SECTION 6.01 Certain Duties and Responsibilities
    35  
SECTION 6.02 Notice of Defaults
    36  
SECTION 6.03 Certain Rights of Trustee
    37  
SECTION 6.04 Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities
    38  
SECTION 6.05 May Hold Securities
    38  
SECTION 6.06 Money Held in Trust
    38  
SECTION 6.07 Compensation and Reimbursement
    38  
SECTION 6.08 Disqualification; Conflicting Interests
    39  
SECTION 6.09 Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility
    39  
SECTION 6.10 Resignation and Removal
    40  
SECTION 6.11 Acceptance of Appointment by Successor
    41  

ii


 

         
    Page  
SECTION 6.12 Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business
    42  
SECTION 6.13 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company
    42  
SECTION 6.14 Appointment of Authenticating Agent
    42  
 
       
Article VII
       
 
       
Securityholders’ Lists and Reports by Trustee and Company
       
 
       
SECTION 7.01 Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Securityholders
    45  
SECTION 7.02 Preservation of Information; Communications to Securityholders
    45  
SECTION 7.03 Reports by Trustee
    46  
SECTION 7.04 Reports by Company
    46  
 
       
Article VIII
       
 
       
Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance or Transfer
       
 
       
SECTION 8.01 Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance or Transfer on Certain Terms
    47  
SECTION 8.02 Successor Person Substituted
    47  
 
       
Article IX
       
 
       
Supplemental Indentures
       
 
       
SECTION 9.01 Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Securityholders
    48  
SECTION 9.02 Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Securityholders
    49  
SECTION 9.03 Execution of Supplemental Indentures
    50  
SECTION 9.04 Effect of Supplemental Indentures
    50  
SECTION 9.05 Conformity with Trust Indenture Act
    51  
SECTION 9.06 Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures
    51  
 
       
Article X
       
 
       
Covenants
       
 
       
SECTION 10.01 Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest
    51  
SECTION 10.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency
    51  
SECTION 10.03 Money for Security Payments to Be Held in Trust
    51  
SECTION 10.04 Statement as to Compliance
    53  
SECTION 10.05 Legal Existence
    53  
SECTION 10.06 Limitation on Liens
    53  
SECTION 10.07 Waiver of Certain Covenants
    55  

iii


 

         
    Page  
Article XI
       
 
       
Redemption of Securities
       
 
       
SECTION 11.01 Applicability of Article
    55  
SECTION 11.02 Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee
    56  
SECTION 11.03 Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed
    56  
SECTION 11.04 Notice of Redemption
    57  
SECTION 11.05 Deposit of Redemption Price
    58  
SECTION 11.06 Securities Payable on Redemption Date
    58  
SECTION 11.07 Securities Redeemed in Part
    58  
SECTION 11.08 Provisions with Respect to Any Sinking Funds
    58  
SECTION 11.09 Rescission of Redemption
    59  
 
       
Article XII
       
 
       
Conversion
       
 
       
SECTION 12.01 Conversion Privilege
    60  
SECTION 12.02 Conversion Procedure; Rescission of Conversion; Conversion Price; Fractional Shares
    60  
SECTION 12.03 Adjustment of Conversion Price for Common Stock or Marketable Securities
    62  
SECTION 12.04 Consolidation or Merger of the Company
    65  
SECTION 12.05 Notice of Adjustment
    66  
SECTION 12.06 Notice in Certain Events
    66  
SECTION 12.07 Company to Reserve Stock or other Marketable Securities; Registration; Listing
    67  
SECTION 12.08 Taxes on Conversion
    67  
SECTION 12.09 Conversion After Record Date
    67  
SECTION 12.10 Corporate Action Regarding Par Value of Common Stock
    68  
SECTION 12.11 Company Determination Final
    68  
SECTION 12.12 Trustee’s Disclaimer
    68  
 
       
Article XIII
       
 
       
Guarantees
       
 
       
SECTION 13.01 Guarantees
    68  

iv


 

     THIS INDENTURE between TIME WARNER INC., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the “ Company ”) having its principal office at One Time Warner Center, New York, New York 10019, HISTORIC TW INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Historic TW ”), HOME BOX OFFICE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ HBO ”), TURNER BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC., a Georgia corporation (“ TBS ” and, together with Historic TW and HBO, the “ Guarantors ”), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, a New York banking corporation, as trustee (hereinafter called the “ Trustee ”), is made and entered into as of March 11, 2010.
Recitals of the Company
          The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of its debentures, notes, bonds or other evidences of indebtedness, to be issued in one or more fully registered series.
          All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid and legally binding agreement of the Company and the Guarantors in accordance with its terms have been done.
Agreements of the Parties
          To set forth or to provide for the establishment of the terms and conditions upon which the Securities are and are to be authenticated, issued and delivered, and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of Securities by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed as follows, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities or of a series thereof, as the case may be:
ARTICLE I
Definitions and Other Provisions
of General Application
     SECTION 1.01 Definitions. For all purposes of this Indenture and of any indenture supplemental hereto, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:
     (1) the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article, and include the plural as well as the singular;
     (2) all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust Indenture Act or by Commission rule under the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them herein;
     (3) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with GAAP and, except as otherwise herein expressly provided, the term “generally accepted accounting principles” with respect to any computation required or permitted hereunder shall mean such accounting principles and any accounting rules or interpretations promulgated by the Commission as are generally accepted in the United States of America at the date of this Indenture; and

 


 

     (4) all references in this instrument to designated “Articles”, “Sections” and other subdivisions are to the designated Articles, Sections and other subdivisions of this instrument as originally executed. The words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.
          Certain terms, used principally in Article VI, are defined in that Article.
          “ Act ”, when used with respect to any Securityholder, has the meaning specified in Section 1.04.
          “ Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
          “ Authenticating Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Company to authenticate Securities under Section 6.14.
          “ Board of Directors ” means (i) the board of directors of the Company, (ii) any duly authorized committee of such board, (iii) any committee of officers of the Company or (iv) any officer of the Company acting, in the case of (iii) or (iv), pursuant to authority granted by the board of directors of the Company or any committee of such board.
          “ Board Resolution ” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.
          “ Business Day ” means, with respect to any series of Securities, unless otherwise specified in a Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture or an Officers’ Certificate with respect to a particular series of Securities, each day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in the pertinent Place or Places of Payment or the city in which the Corporate Trust Office is located are authorized or required by law or executive order to be closed.
          “ Closing Price ” of the Common Stock or other Marketable Security, as the case may be, shall mean the last reported sale price of such stock or other Marketable Security (regular way) as shown on the Composite Tape of the NYSE (or, if such stock or other Marketable Security is not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE, on the principal national securities exchange on which such stock or other Marketable Security is listed or admitted to trading), or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the NYSE (or, if such stock or other Marketable Security is not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE, on the principal national securities exchange on which such stock or other Marketable Security is listed or admitted to trading), or, if it is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as reported by NASDAQ, or if such stock or other Marketable Security is not so reported, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by any member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., selected from time to time by the Company for that purpose.

2


 

          “ Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or, if at any time after the execution of this instrument such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties at such time.
          “ Common Stock ” shall mean the class of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company authorized at the date of this Indenture as originally signed, or any other class of stock resulting from successive changes or reclassifications of such Common Stock, and in any such case including any shares thereof authorized after the date of this Indenture.
          “ Company ” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor.
          “ Company Request ”, “ Company Order ” and “ Company Consent ” mean a written request, order or consent, respectively, signed in the name of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, President or a Vice President, and by its Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, Controller, an Assistant Controller, Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, and delivered to the Trustee.
          “ Consolidated Net Worth ” means, with respect to any Person, at the date of any determination, the consolidated stockholders’ or owners’ equity of the holders of capital stock or partnership interests of such Person and its subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.
          “ Conversion Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Company to receive Securities to be converted into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities on behalf of the Company. The Company initially authorizes the Trustee to act as Conversion Agent for the Securities on its behalf. The Company may at any time and from time to time authorize one or more Persons to act as Conversion Agent in addition to or in place of the Trustee with respect to any series of Securities issued under this Indenture.
          “ Conversion Price ” means, with respect to any series of Securities which are convertible into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities, the price per share of Common Stock or the price per designated unit of other Marketable Security at which the Securities of such series are so convertible as set forth in the Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture or an Officers’ Certificate pursuant to authority granted under a Board Resolution with respect to such series (or in any supplemental indenture entered into pursuant to Section 9.01(9) with respect to such series), as the same may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 12.03 (or such supplemental indenture).
          “ Converting Holder ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 12.02(c) of this Indenture.
          “ Corporate Trust Office ” means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 101 Barclay Street, 8W, New York, NY 10286, Attn: Corporate Trust Administration.
          “ Current Market Price ” on any date shall mean the average of the daily Closing Prices per share of Common Stock or of such other Marketable Securities for any thirty (30)

3


 

consecutive Trading Days selected by the Company prior to the day in question, which thirty (30) consecutive Trading Day period shall not commence more than forty-five (45) Trading Days prior to the day in question; provided that with respect to Section 12.03(3), the “Current Market Price” of the Common Stock or of such other Marketable Securities shall mean the average of the daily Closing Prices per share of Common Stock or of such other Marketable Securities for the five (5) consecutive Trading Days ending on the date of the distribution referred to in Section 12.03(3) (or if such date shall not be a Trading Day, on the Trading Day immediately preceding such date).
          “ Defaulted Interest ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07.
          “ Depository ” means, unless otherwise specified by the Company pursuant to either Section 2.04 or 3.01, with respect to Securities of any series issuable or issued as a Global Security, The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, or any successor thereto registered as a clearing agency under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or other applicable statute or regulation.
          “ Discharged ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.03.
          “ Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Article V.
          “ Federal Bankruptcy Act ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01(5).
          “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles as such principles are in effect in the United States as of the date of this Indenture.
          “ Global Security ”, when used with respect to any series of Securities issued hereunder, means a Security which is executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee to the Depository or pursuant to the Depository’s instruction, all in accordance with this Indenture and an indenture supplemental hereto, if any, or Board Resolution or an Officers’ Certificate pursuant to authority granted under a Board Resolution and pursuant to a Company Request, which shall be registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee and which shall represent, and shall be denominated in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of, all of the Outstanding Securities of such series or any portion thereof, in either case having the same terms, including, without limitation, the same original issue date, date or dates on which principal is due, and interest rate or method of determining interest.
          “ Guarantee ” means the guarantees specified in Section 13.01(a) and (b).
          “ Guarantors ” means Historic TW, TBS and HBO, in each case unless and until such entity is released from its Guarantee pursuant to the provisions of Section 13.01(h).
          “ HBO ” means Home Box Office, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Historic TW, until a successor shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “HBO” shall mean such successor.
          “ Historic TW ” means Historic TW Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, until a successor shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Historic TW” shall mean such successor.

4


 

          “ Holder ”, when used with respect to any Security, means a Securityholder, which means a Person in whose name a security is registered in the Security Register.
          “ Indebtedness For Borrowed Money ” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments and (c) all guarantee obligations of such Person with respect to Indebtedness For Borrowed Money of others. The Indebtedness For Borrowed Money of any Person shall include the Indebtedness For Borrowed Money of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other contractual relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness For Borrowed Money provide that such Person is not liable therefor.
          “ Indenture ” or “ this Indenture ” means this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof and shall include the terms of particular series of Securities established as contemplated by Section 3.01.
          “ Interest ”, when used with respect to an Original Issue Discount Security which by its terms bears interest only after Maturity, means interest payable after Maturity.
          “ Interest Payment Date ”, when used with respect to any series of Securities, means the Stated Maturity of any installment of interest on those Securities.
          “ Marketable Security ” means any common stock, debt security or other security of a Person which is (or will, upon distribution thereof, be) listed on the NYSE, the American Stock Exchange, NASDAQ or any other national securities exchange registered under Section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or approved for quotation in any system of automated dissemination of quotations of securities prices in the United States or for which there is a recognized market maker or trading market.
          “ Material Subsidiary ” means any Person that is a Subsidiary if at the end of the most recent fiscal quarter of the Company, the aggregate amount, determined in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, of securities of, loans and advances to, and other investments in, such Person held by the Company and its other Subsidiaries exceeded 10% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Worth.
          “ Material U.S. Subsidiary ” means any Material Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof (including any State thereof or the District of Columbia).
          “ Maturity ”, when used with respect to any Securities, means the date on which the principal of any such Security becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether on a Repayment Date, at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.
          “ NASDAQ ” shall mean the NASDAQ Stock Market.
          “ NYSE ” shall mean the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

5


 

          “ Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Operating Officer or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, an Assistant Controller, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee. Wherever this Indenture requires that an Officers’ Certificate be signed also by a financial expert or an accountant or other expert, such financial expert, accountant or other expert (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture) may be in the employ of the Company.
          “ Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion of counsel, who may (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture) be an employee of or of counsel to the Company, which is delivered to the Trustee.
          “ Original Issue Discount Security ” means (i) any Security which provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof, and (ii) any other security which is issued with “original issue discount” within the meaning of Section 1273(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.
          “ Outstanding ”, when used with respect to the Securities or Securities of any series, means, as of the date of determination, all such Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:
     (i) such Securities theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancelation;
     (ii) such Securities for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for the Holders of such Securities; provided that, if such Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; and
     (iii) such Securities in exchange for or in lieu of which other Securities have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, or which shall have been paid pursuant to the terms of Section 3.06 (except with respect to any such Security as to which proof satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that such Security is held by a Person in whose hands such Security is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company).
In determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of such Securities Outstanding have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, (i) the principal amount of any Original Issue Discount Security that shall be deemed to be Outstanding shall be the amount of the principal thereof that would be due and payable as of the date of the taking of such action upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof, and (ii) Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding. In determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Securities which a Responsible Officer assigned to the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee knows to be owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to act as owner with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the

6


 

Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor.
          “ Paying Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Securities on behalf of the Company. The Company initially authorizes the Trustee to act as Paying Agent for the Securities on its behalf. The Company may at any time and from time to time authorize one or more Persons to act as Paying Agent in addition to or in place of the Trustee with respect to any series of Securities issued under this Indenture.
          “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.
          “ Place of Payment ” means with respect to any series of Securities issued hereunder the city or political subdivision so designated with respect to the series of Securities in question in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.01.
          “ Predecessor Securities ” of any particular Security means every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Security authenticated and delivered under Section 3.06 in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the lost, destroyed or stolen Security.
          “ Redemption Date ”, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.
          “ Redemption Price ”, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the price specified in the Security at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.
          “ Redemption Rescission Event ” shall mean the occurrence of (a) any general suspension of trading in, or limitation on prices for, securities on the principal national securities exchange on which shares of Common Stock or Marketable Securities are registered and listed for trading (or, if shares of Common Stock or Marketable Securities are not registered and listed for trading on any such exchange, in the over-the-counter market) for more than six-and-one-half (6-1/2) consecutive trading hours, (b) any decline in either the Dow Jones Industrial Average or the S&P 500 Index (or any successor index published by Dow Jones & Company, Inc. or S&P) by either (i) an amount in excess of 10%, measured from the close of business on any Trading Day to the close of business on the next succeeding Trading Day during the period commencing on the Trading Day preceding the day notice of any redemption of Securities is given (or, if such notice is given after the close of business on a Trading Day, commencing on such Trading Day) and ending at the time and date fixed for redemption in such notice or (ii) an amount in excess of 15% (or if the time and date fixed for redemption is more than 15 days following the date on which such notice of redemption is given, 20%), measured from the close of business on the Trading Day preceding the day notice of such redemption is given (or, if such notice is given after the close of business on a Trading Day, from such Trading Day) to the close of business on any Trading Day at or prior to the time and date fixed for redemption, (c) a declaration of a banking moratorium or any suspension of payments in respect of banks by Federal or state authorities in the United States or (d) the occurrence of an act of terrorism or commencement of a war or armed hostilities or other national or international calamity directly or indirectly involving the United

7


 

States which in the reasonable judgment of the Company could have a material adverse effect on the market for the Common Stock or Marketable Securities.
          “ Regular Record Date ” for the interest payable on any Security on any Interest Payment Date means the date specified in such Security as the Regular Record Date.
          “ Repayment Date ”, when used with respect to any Security to be repaid, means the date fixed for such repayment pursuant to such Security.
          “ Repayment Price ”, when used with respect to any Security to be repaid, means the price at which it is to be repaid pursuant to such Security.
          “ Required Currency ”, when used with respect to any Security, has the meaning set forth in Section 1.14.
          “ Responsible Officer ”, when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer of the Trustee with direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. “Responsible Officer”, when used with respect to the Company, means any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, General Counsel, Treasurer, Controller or Vice President, Corporate Finance, of the Company (or any equivalent of the foregoing officers).
          “ S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.
          “ Security ” or “ Securities ” means any note or notes, bond or bonds, debenture or debentures, or any other evidences of indebtedness, as the case may be, of any series authenticated and delivered from time to time under this Indenture.
          “ Security Register ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.05.
          “ Security Registrar ” means the Person who keeps the Security Register specified in Section 3.05. The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as Security Registrar for the Securities on its behalf. The Company may at any time and from time to time authorize any Person to act as Security Registrar in place of the Trustee with respect to any series of Securities issued under this Indenture.
          “ Securityholder ” means a Person in whose name a security is registered in the Security Register.
          “ Special Record Date ” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.07.
          “ Stated Maturity ” when used with respect to any Security or any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon means the date specified in such Security as the fixed date on which the principal of such Security or such installment of principal or interest is due and payable.

8


 

          “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation more than 50% of the voting stock of which is owned directly or indirectly by such Person, and any partnership, association, joint venture or other entity in which such Person owns more than 50% of the equity interests or has the power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other governing body.
          “ TBS ” means Turner Broadcasting System, Inc., a Georgia corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Historic TW, until a successor shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “TBS” shall mean such successor.
          “ Trading Day ” shall mean, with respect to the Common Stock or a Marketable Security, so long as the common stock or such Marketable Security, as the case may be, is listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE, a day on which the NYSE is open for the transaction of business, or, if the Common Stock or such Marketable Security, as the case may be, is not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE, a day on which the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock or such Marketable Security, as the case may be, is listed is open for the transaction of business, or, if the Common Stock or such Marketable Security, as the case may be, is not so listed or admitted for trading on any national securities exchange, a day on which NASDAQ is open for the transaction of business.
          “ Trust Indenture Act ” or “ TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in force at the date as of which this instrument was executed; provided, however, that, in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, “Trust Indenture Act” or “TIA” means, to the extent required by any such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended.
          “ Trustee ” means the Person named as the Trustee in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean and include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder. If at any time there is more than one such Person, “Trustee” as used with respect to the Securities of any series shall mean the Trustee with respect to Securities of that series.
          “ Vice President ” when used with respect to the Company or the Trustee means any vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title “vice president”, including without limitation, an assistant vice president.
          “ Voting Stock ”, as applied to the stock of any corporation, means stock of any class or classes (however designated) having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the members of the board of directors (or other governing body) of such corporation other than stock having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency.
          “ Works ” means motion pictures, video, television, interactive or multi-media programming, audio-visual works, sound recordings, books and other literary or written material, any software, copyright or other intellectual property related thereto, acquired directly or indirectly after the date of this Indenture by purchase, business combination, production, creation or otherwise, any component of the foregoing or rights with respect thereto, and all improvements thereon, products and proceeds thereof and revenues derived therefrom.
          “ Yield to Maturity ” means the yield to maturity on a series of Securities, calculated by the Company at the time of issuance of such series of Securities, or, if applicable, at

9


 

the most recent redetermination of interest on such series, in accordance with accepted financial practice.
     SECTION 1.02 Compliance Certificates and Opinions. Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any (including any covenants compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent), provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such Counsel all such conditions precedent, if any (including any covenants compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent), have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.
          Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than annual statements of compliance provided pursuant to Section 10.04) shall include:
     (1) a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;
     (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
     (3) a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and
     (4) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.
     SECTION 1.03 Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee. In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons may certify or give an opinion as to the other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.
          Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company, unless such Counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

10


 

          Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.
     SECTION 1.04 Acts of Securityholders. (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Securityholders or Securityholders of any series may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Securityholders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing or may be embodied in or evidenced by an electronic transmission which identifies the documents containing the proposal on which such consent is requested and certifies such Securityholders’ consent thereto and agreement to be bound thereby; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. If any Securities are denominated in coin or currency other than that of the United States, then for the purposes of determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Securities have taken any action as herein described, the principal amount of such Securities shall be deemed to be that amount of United States dollars that could be obtained for such principal amount on the basis of the spot rate of exchange into United States dollars for the currency in which such Securities are denominated (as evidenced to the Trustee by an Officers’ Certificate) as of the date the taking of such action by the Holders of such requisite principal amount is evidenced to the Trustee as provided in the immediately preceding sentence. If any Securities are Original Issue Discount Securities, then for the purposes of determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Securities have taken any action as herein described, the principal amount of such Original Issue Discount Securities shall be deemed to be the amount of the principal thereof that would be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof as of the date the taking of such action by the Holders of such requisite principal amount is evidenced to the Trustee as provided in the first sentence of this Section 1.04(a). Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Securityholders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 6.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section.
          (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness to such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by an officer of a corporation or a member of a partnership, on behalf of such corporation or partnership, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.
          (c) The ownership of Securities shall be proved by the Security Register.
          (d) If the Company shall solicit from the Holders any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, the Company may, at its option, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. Such record date shall be the later of 10 days prior to the first

11


 

solicitation of such action or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.01. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action may be given before or after the record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on the record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of Securities outstanding have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, and for that purpose the Securities outstanding shall be computed as of the record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on the record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than six months after the record date, and that no such authorization, agreement or consent may be amended, withdrawn or revoked once given by a Holder, unless the Company shall provide for such amendment, withdrawal or revocation in conjunction with such solicitation of authorizations, agreements or consents or unless and to the extent required by applicable law.
          (e) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Security shall bind the Holder of every Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Security.
     SECTION 1.05 Notices, etc., to Trustee and Company. Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Securityholders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with:
     (1) the Trustee by any Securityholder or by the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, Attention: Securities Servicing; or
     (2) the Company by the Trustee or by any Securityholder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (except as provided in Section 5.01(4) or, in the case of a request for repayment, as specified in the Security carrying the right to repayment) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Company addressed to it at the address of its principal office specified in the first paragraph of this instrument, Attention: Treasurer, or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.
     SECTION 1.06 Notices to Securityholders; Waiver. Where this Indenture or any Security provides for notice to Securityholders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein or in such Security expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Securityholder affected by such event, at his address as it appears in the Security Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Securityholders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Securityholder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Securityholders. Where this Indenture or any Security provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Securityholders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

12


 

          In case, by reason of the suspension of regular mail service as a result of a strike, work stoppage or otherwise, it shall be impractical to mail notice of any event to any Securityholder when such notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any method of notification as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee and the Company shall be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice.
     SECTION 1.07 Conflict with Trust Indenture Act. If and to the extent that any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by, or with another provision (an “ incorporated provision ”) included in this Indenture by operation of, any of Sections 310 to 318, inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act, such imposed duties or incorporated provision shall control.
     SECTION 1.08 Effect of Headings and Table of Contents. The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
     SECTION 1.09 Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company and the Guarantors shall bind their respective successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.
     SECTION 1.10 Separability Clause. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
     SECTION 1.11 Benefits of Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture or in any Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, any Authenticating Agent or Paying Agent, the Security Registrar and the Holders of Securities (or such of them as may be affected thereby), any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.
     SECTION 1.12 Governing Law. This Indenture shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York.
     SECTION 1.13 Counterparts. This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.
     SECTION 1.14 Judgment Currency. The Company agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law, that (a) if for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert the sum due in respect of the principal of, or premium or interest, if any, on the Securities of any series (the “ Required Currency ”) into a currency in which a judgment will be rendered (the “ Judgment Currency ”), the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Trustee could purchase in the City of New York the Required Currency with the Judgment Currency on the New York Banking Day preceding that on which a final unappealable judgment is given and (b) its obligations under this Indenture to make payments in the Required Currency (i) shall not be discharged or satisfied by any tender, or any recovery pursuant to any judgment (whether or not entered in accordance with subsection (a)), in any currency other than the Required Currency, except to the extent that such tender or recovery shall result in the actual receipt, by the payee, of the full amount of the Required Currency expressed to be payable in respect of such payments, (ii) shall be enforceable as an alternative or additional cause of action for the purpose of recovering in the Required

13


 

Currency the amount, if any, by which such actual receipt shall fall short of the full amount of the Required Currency so expressed to be payable and (iii) shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other sum due under this Indenture. For purposes of the foregoing, “ New York Banking Day ” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday in the City of New York or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York are authorized or required by law or executive order to close.
     SECTION 1.15 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
     SECTION 1.16 Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.
ARTICLE II
Security Forms
     SECTION 2.01 Forms Generally. The Securities shall have such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon, as may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange, or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of the Securities. Any portion of the text of any Security may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Security.
          The definitive Securities shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods on steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities, subject, with respect to the Securities of any series, to the rules of any securities exchange on which such Securities are listed.
     SECTION 2.02 Forms of Securities. Each Security shall be in one of the forms approved from time to time by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto or pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate pursuant to authority granted under a Board Resolution. Prior to the delivery of a Security to the Trustee for authentication in any form approved by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee the Board Resolution by or pursuant to which such form of Security has been approved, which Board Resolution shall have attached thereto a true and correct copy of the form of Security which has been approved thereby or, if a Board Resolution authorizes a specific officer or officers to approve a form of Security, a certificate of such officer or officers approving the form of Security attached thereto. Any form of Security approved by or pursuant to a Board Resolution must be acceptable as to form to the Trustee, such acceptance to be evidenced by the

14


 

Trustee’s authentication of Securities in that form or a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee and delivered to the Company.
     SECTION 2.03 Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication. The form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication for any Security issued pursuant to this Indenture shall be substantially as follows:
TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
          This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
         
  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as
Trustee,
 
 
  by:      
    Authorized Signatory   
       
 
     
  Dated:      
       
       
 
     SECTION 2.04 Securities Issuable in the Form of a Global Security. (a) If the Company shall establish pursuant to Sections 2.02 and 3.01 that the Securities of a particular series are to be issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities, then the Company shall execute and the Trustee or its agent shall, in accordance with Section 3.03 and the Company Order delivered to the Trustee or its agent thereunder, authenticate and deliver, such Global Security or Securities, which (i) shall represent, and shall be denominated in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of, the Outstanding Securities of such series to be represented by such Global Security or Securities, or such portion thereof as the Company shall specify in a Company Order, (ii) shall be registered in the name of the Depository for such Global Security or Securities or its nominee, (iii) shall be delivered by the Trustee or its agent to the Depository or pursuant to the Depository’s instruction and (iv) shall bear a legend substantially to the following effect: “Unless this certificate is presented by an authorized representative of the Depository to Issuer or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange, or payment, and any certificate issued is registered in the name of the nominee of the Depository or in such other name as is requested by an authorized representative of the Depository (and any payment is made to the nominee of the Depository or to such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of the Depository), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, the nominee of the Depository, has an interest herein.”
          (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.04 or of Section 3.05, and subject to the provisions of paragraph (c) below, unless the terms of a Global Security expressly permit such Global Security to be exchanged in whole or in part for individual Securities, a Global Security may be transferred, in whole but not in part and in the manner provided in Section 3.05, only to a nominee of the Depository for such Global Security, or to the

15


 

Depository, or a successor Depository for such Global Security selected or approved by the Company, or to a nominee of such successor Depository.
          (c) (i) If at any time the Depository for a Global Security notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for such Global Security or if at any time the Depository for the Securities for such series shall no longer be eligible or in good standing under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or other applicable statute or regulation, the Company shall appoint a successor Depository with respect to such Global Security. If a successor Depository for such Global Security is not appointed by the Company within 90 days after the Company receives such notice or becomes aware of such ineligibility, the Company will execute, and the Trustee or its agent, upon receipt of a Company Request for the authentication and delivery of individual Securities of such series in exchange for such Global Security, will authenticate and deliver, individual Securities of such series of like tenor and terms in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Global Security in exchange for such Global Security.
     (ii) The Company may at any time and in its sole discretion determine that the Securities of any series or portion thereof issued or issuable in the form of one or more Global Securities shall no longer be represented by such Global Security or Securities. In such event the Company will execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Request for the authentication and delivery of individual Securities of such series in exchange in whole or in part for such Global Security, will authenticate and deliver individual Securities of such series of like tenor and terms in definitive form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Security or Securities representing such series or portion thereof in exchange for such Global Security or Securities.
     (iii) If specified by the Company pursuant to Sections 2.02 and 3.02 with respect to Securities issued or issuable in the form of a Global Security, the Depository for such Global Security may surrender such Global Security in exchange in whole or in part for individual Securities of such series of like tenor and terms in definitive form on such terms as are acceptable to the Company and such Depository. Thereupon the Company shall execute, and the Trustee or its agent shall authenticate and deliver, without service charge, (1) to each Person specified by such Depository a new Security or Securities of the same series of like tenor and terms and of any authorized denomination as requested by such Person in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for such Person’s beneficial interest as specified by such Depository in the Global Security; and (2) to such Depository a new Global Security of like tenor and terms and in an authorized denomination equal to the difference, if any, between the principal amount of the surrendered Global Security and the aggregate principal amount of Securities delivered to Holders thereof.
     (iv) In any exchange provided for in any of the preceding three paragraphs, the Company will execute and the Trustee or its agent will authenticate and deliver individual Securities in definitive registered form in authorized denominations. Upon the exchange of the entire principal amount of a Global Security for individual Securities, such Global Security shall be canceled by the Trustee or its agent. Except as provided in the preceding paragraph, Securities issued in exchange for a Global Security pursuant to this Section shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depository for such Global Security, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee or the Security Registrar. The Trustee or the Security Registrar shall deliver at its Corporate Trust Office such Securities to the Persons in whose names such Securities are so registered.

16


 

ARTICLE III
The Securities
     SECTION 3.01 General Title; General Limitations; Issuable in Series; Terms of Particular Series. The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated and delivered and Outstanding under this Indenture is not limited.
          The Securities may be issued in one or more series as from time to time may be authorized by the Board of Directors. There shall be established in or pursuant to a Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture or an Officers’ Certificate pursuant to authority granted under a Board Resolution, subject to Section 3.11, prior to the issuance of Securities of any such series:
          (1) the title of the Securities of such series (which shall distinguish the Securities of such series from Securities of any other series);
          (2) the Person to whom any interest on a Security of such series shall be payable, if other than the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest;
          (3) the date or dates on which the principal of the Securities of such series is payable;
          (4) the rate or rates at which the Securities of such series shall bear interest, if any, the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue, the Interest Payment Dates on which any such interest shall be payable and the Regular Record Date for any interest payable on any Interest Payment Date;
          (5) the place or places where the principal of and any premium and interest on Securities of such series shall be payable;
          (6) the period or periods within which, the Redemption Price or Prices or the Repayment Price or Prices, as the case may be, at which and the terms and conditions upon which Securities of such series may be redeemed or repaid (including the applicability of Section 11.09), as the case may be, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company or the Holder;
          (7) the obligation, if any, of the Company to purchase Securities of such series pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provisions or at the option of a Holder thereof and the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions upon which Securities of such series shall be purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation;
          (8) if other than denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof, the denominations in which Securities of such series shall be issuable;
          (9) provisions, if any, with regard to the conversion or exchange of the Securities of such series, at the option of the Holders thereof or the Company, as the case may be, for or into new Securities of a different series, Common Stock or other securities

17


 

and, if the Securities of such series are convertible into common stock or other Marketable Securities, the Conversion Price therefor;
          (10) if other than U.S. dollars, the currency or currencies or units based on or related to currencies in which the Securities of such series shall be denominated and in which payments of principal of, and any premium and interest on, such Securities shall or may be payable;
          (11) if the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Securities of such series are to be payable, at the election of the Company or a Holder thereof, in a coin or currency (including a composite currency) other than that in which the Securities are stated to be payable, the period or periods within which, and the terms and conditions upon which, such election may be made;
          (12) if the amount of payments of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Securities of such series may be determined with reference to an index based on a coin or currency (including a composite currency) other than that in which the Securities are stated to be payable, the manner in which such amounts shall be determined;
          (13) any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such series which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of such series pursuant to Sections 3.04, 3.05, 3.06, 9.06, 11.07 and 12.02 and except for any Securities which, pursuant to Section 3.03, are deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder);
          (14) provisions, if any, with regard to the exchange of Securities of such series, at the option of the Holders thereof, for other Securities of the same series of the same aggregate principal amount or of a different authorized series or different authorized denomination or denominations, or both;
          (15) provisions, if any, with regard to the appointment by the Company of an Authenticating Agent in one or more places other than the location of the office of the Trustee with power to act on behalf of the Trustee and subject to its direction in the authentication and delivery of the Securities of any one or more series in connection with such transactions as shall be specified in the provisions of this Indenture or in or pursuant to such Board Resolution, supplemental indenture or Officers’ Certificate pursuant to authority granted under a Board Resolution;
          (16) the portion of the principal amount of Securities of the series, if other than the principal amount thereof, which shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.02 or provable in bankruptcy pursuant to Section 5.04;
          (17) any Event of Default with respect to the Securities of such series, if not set forth herein, and any additions, deletions or other changes to the Events of Default set forth herein that shall be applicable to the Securities of such series;
          (18) any covenant solely for the benefit of the Securities of such series and any additions, deletions or other changes to the provisions of Article X or Section 1.01 or

18


 

any definitions relating to such Article that would otherwise be applicable to the Securities of such series;
          (19) if Section 4.03 of this Indenture shall not be applicable to the Securities of such series and if Section 4.03 shall be applicable to any covenant or Event of Default established in or pursuant to a Board Resolution, a supplemental indenture or an Officers’ Certificate pursuant to authority granted under a Board Resolution as described above that has not already been established herein;
          (20) if the Securities of such series shall be issued in whole or in part in the form of a Global Security or Securities, the terms and conditions, if any, upon which such Global Security or Securities may be exchanged in whole or in part for other individual Securities; and the Depository for such Global Security or Securities; and
          (21) any other terms of such series;
all upon such terms as may be determined in or pursuant to such Board Resolution, supplemental indenture or Officers’ Certificate pursuant to authority granted under a Board Resolution with respect to such series.
          The form of the Securities of each series shall be established pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture in or pursuant to the Board Resolution, the supplemental indenture or the Officers’ Certificate pursuant to authority granted under a Board Resolution creating such series. The Securities of each series shall be distinguished from the Securities of each other series in such manner, reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, as the Board of Directors may determine.
          Unless otherwise provided with respect to Securities of a particular series, the Securities of any series may only be issuable in registered form, without coupons.
          Any terms or provisions in respect of the Securities of any series issued under this Indenture may be determined pursuant to this Section by providing for the method by which such terms or provisions shall be determined.
     SECTION 3.02 Denominations. The Securities of each series shall be issuable in such denominations and currency as shall be provided in the provisions of this Indenture or in or pursuant to the Board Resolution, the supplemental indenture or the Officers’ Certificate pursuant to authority granted under a Board Resolution creating such series. In the absence of any such provisions with respect to the Securities of any series, the Securities of that series shall be issuable only in fully registered form in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.
     SECTION 3.03 Execution, Authentication and Delivery and Dating. The Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, its Chief Executive Officer, its Chief Financial Officer, its Chief Operating Officer, one of its Vice Presidents or its Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer and attested by its Secretary or one of its Assistant Secretaries. The signature of any of these officers on the Securities may be manual or facsimile.
          Securities bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not hold such offices at the date of such Securities.

19


 

          At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication; and the Trustee shall, upon Company Order, authenticate and deliver such Securities as in this Indenture provided and not otherwise.
          Prior to any such authentication and delivery, the Trustee shall be provided with, in addition to any Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel required to be furnished to the Trustee pursuant to Section 1.02, and the Board Resolution and any certificate relating to the issuance of the series of Securities required to be furnished pursuant to Section 2.02, an Opinion of Counsel stating that:
          (1) all instruments furnished to the Trustee conform to the requirements of the Indenture and constitute sufficient authority hereunder for the Trustee to authenticate and deliver such Securities;
          (2) the form and terms of such Securities have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture;
          (3) all laws and requirements with respect to the execution and delivery by the Company of such Securities have been complied with, the Company has the corporate power to issue such Securities and such Securities have been duly authorized and delivered by the Company and, assuming due authentication and delivery by the Trustee, constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms (subject, as to enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other laws and legal principles affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and to general equitable principles, whether applied in an action at law or in equity) and entitled to the benefits of this Indenture, equally and ratably with all other Securities, if any, of such series Outstanding;
          (4) the Indenture is qualified under the Trust Indenture Act; and
          (5) such other matters as the Trustee may reasonably request;
and, if the authentication and delivery relates to a new series of Securities created by an indenture supplemental hereto, also stating that all laws and requirements with respect to the form and execution by the Company of the supplemental indenture with respect to that series of Securities have been complied with, the Company has corporate power to execute and deliver any such supplemental indenture and has taken all necessary corporate action for those purposes and any such supplemental indenture has been duly executed and delivered and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms (subject, as to enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other laws and legal principles affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and to general equitable principles, whether applied in an action at law or in equity).
          The Trustee shall not be required to authenticate such Securities if the issue thereof will adversely affect the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under the Securities and this Indenture.
          Unless otherwise provided in the form of Security for any series, all Securities shall be dated the date of their authentication.

20


 

          No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Security a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual or facsimile signature, and such certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Security shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Company, and the Company shall deliver such Security to the Trustee for cancelation as provided in Section 3.09, for all purposes of this Indenture such Security shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.
          SECTION 3.04 Temporary Securities. Pending the preparation of definitive Securities of any series, the Company may execute, and, upon receipt of the documents required by Section 3.03, together with a Company Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities which are printed, lithographed, typewritten or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Securities may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.
          If temporary Securities of any series are issued, the Company will cause definitive Securities of such series to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Securities, the temporary Securities of such series shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities of such series upon surrender of the temporary Securities of such series at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment, without charge to the Holder; and upon surrender for cancelation of any one or more temporary Securities the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Securities of such series of authorized denominations and of like tenor and terms. Until so exchanged the temporary Securities of such series shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of such series.
          SECTION 3.05 Registration, Transfer and Exchange. The Company shall keep or cause to be kept a register or registers (herein sometimes referred to as the “ Security Register ”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Securities, or of Securities of a particular series, and of transfers of Securities or of Securities of such series. Any such register shall be in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time. At all reasonable times the information contained in such register or registers shall be available for inspection by the Trustee at the office or agency to be maintained by the Company as provided in Section 10.02. There shall be only one Security Register per series of Securities.
          Subject to Section 2.04, upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Security of any series at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose in a Place of Payment, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Securities of such series of any authorized denominations, of a like aggregate principal amount and Stated Maturity and of like tenor and terms.
          Subject to Section 2.04, at the option of the Holder, Securities of any series may be exchanged for other Securities of such series of any authorized denominations, of a like aggregate principal amount and Stated Maturity and of like tenor and terms, upon surrender of the

21


 

Securities to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities which the Securityholder making the exchange is entitled to receive.
          All Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
          Every Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed, by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.
          Unless otherwise provided in the Security to be registered for transfer or exchanged, no service charge shall be made on any Securityholder for any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, but the Company may (unless otherwise provided in such Security) require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 3.04, 9.06 or 11.07 not involving any transfer.
          The Company shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security of any series during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption of Securities of such series selected for redemption under Section 11.03 and ending at the close of business on the date of such mailing, or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part.
          None of the Company, the Trustee, any agent of the Trustee, any Paying Agent or the Security Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Global Security or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.
          SECTION 3.06 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities. If (i) any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Company and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security, and (ii) there is delivered to the Company and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon its written request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of like tenor, series, Stated Maturity and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.
          In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security.
          Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may

22


 

be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.
          Every new Security issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of the same series duly issued hereunder.
          The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.
          SECTION 3.07 Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved. Unless otherwise provided with respect to such Security pursuant to Section 3.01, interest on any Security which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest.
          Any interest on any Security which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “ Defaulted Interest ”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of his having been such Holder; and, except as hereinafter provided, such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in Clause (1) or Clause (2) below:
          (1) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names any such Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each such Security and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this Clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 nor less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to the Holder of each such Security at his address as it appears in the Security Register, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names such Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following Clause (2).
          (2) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on

23


 

which such Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this Clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.
          If any installment of interest the Stated Maturity of which is on or prior to the Redemption Date for any Security called for redemption pursuant to Article XI is not paid or duly provided for on or prior to the Redemption Date in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section, such interest shall be payable as part of the Redemption Price of such Securities.
          Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Security delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Security.
          SECTION 3.08 Persons Deemed Owners. The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name any Security is registered as the owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any), and (subject to Section 3.07) interest on, such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
          None of the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent or the Security Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in a Global Security or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.
          SECTION 3.09 Cancelation. All Securities surrendered for payment, conversion, redemption, registration of transfer, exchange or credit against a sinking fund shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and, if not already canceled, shall be promptly canceled by it. The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancelation any Securities previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Securities so delivered shall be promptly canceled by the Trustee. No Security shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Securities canceled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. The Trustee shall dispose of all canceled Securities in accordance with its standard procedures and deliver a certificate of such disposition to the Company upon its written request therefor.
          SECTION 3.10 Computation of Interest. Unless otherwise provided as contemplated in Section 3.01, interest on the Securities shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
          SECTION 3.11 Delayed Issuance of Securities. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, if all Securities of a series are not to be originally issued at one time, it shall not be necessary for the Company to deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate, Board Resolution, supplemental indenture, Officers’ Certificate pursuant to authority granted under a Board Resolution, opinion of counsel or Company Order otherwise required pursuant to Sections 1.02, 2.02, 3.01 and 3.03 at or prior to the time of authentication of each Security of such series if such documents are delivered to the Trustee or its agent at or prior to the authentication upon original issuance of the first Security of such series to be issued; provided that any subsequent request by

24


 

the Company to the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series upon original issuance shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Company that as of the date of such request, the statements made in the Officers’ Certificate or other certificates delivered pursuant to Sections 1.02 and 2.02 shall be true and correct as if made on such date.
          A Company Order, Officers’ Certificate or Board Resolution or supplemental indenture delivered by the Company to the Trustee in the circumstances set forth in the preceding paragraph may provide that Securities which are the subject thereof will be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or its agent on original issue from time to time in the aggregate principal amount, if any, established for such series pursuant to such procedures acceptable to the Trustee as may be specified from time to time by Company Order upon the telephonic, electronic or written order of Persons designated in such Company Order, Officers’ Certificate, supplemental indenture or Board Resolution (any such telephonic or electronic instructions to be promptly confirmed in writing by such Persons) and that such Persons are authorized to determine, consistent with such Company Order, Officers’ Certificate, supplemental indenture or Board Resolution, such terms and conditions of said Securities as are specified in such Company Order, Officers’ Certificate, supplemental indenture or Board Resolution.
ARTICLE IV
Satisfaction and Discharge
          SECTION 4.01 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. This Indenture shall cease to be of further effect with respect to any series of Securities (except as to any surviving rights of conversion or registration of transfer or exchange of Securities of such series expressly provided for herein or in the form of Security for such series), and the Trustee, on receipt of a Company Request and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as to such series, when:
          (1) either
          (A) all Securities of that series theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Securities of such series which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 3.06, and (ii) Securities of such series for whose payment money in the Required Currency has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 10.03) have been delivered to the Trustee canceled or for cancelation; or
          (B) all such Securities of that series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee canceled or for cancelation:
     (i) have become due and payable, or
     (ii) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or
     (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company,

25


 

and the Company, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for the purpose an amount in the Required Currency sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee canceled or for cancelation, for principal (and premium, if any) and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities which have become due and payable), or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be;
          (2) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company with respect to the Securities of such series; and
          (3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such series have been complied with.
Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to any series of Securities, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee with respect to that series under Section 6.07 shall survive and the obligations of the Company and the Trustee under Sections 3.05, 3.06, 4.02, 10.02 and 10.03 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.
          SECTION 4.02 Application of Trust Money. Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 10.03, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.01 or Section 4.03 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the series of Securities in respect of which it was deposited and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
          Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon Company Request any money or securities deposited with and held by it as provided in Section 4.03 and this Section 4.02 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent satisfaction and discharge, Discharge (as defined below) or covenant defeasance, provided that the Trustee shall not be required to liquidate any securities in order to comply with the provisions of this paragraph.
          SECTION 4.03 Defeasance Upon Deposit of Funds or Government Obligations. Unless pursuant to Section 3.01 provision is made that this Section shall not be applicable to the Securities of any series, at the Company’s option, either (a) the Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have been Discharged (as defined below) from their obligations with respect to any series of Securities after the applicable conditions set forth below have been satisfied or (b) the Company shall cease to be under any obligation to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in Sections 10.05 and 10.06 and Article VIII (and any other Sections or covenants applicable to such Securities that are determined pursuant to Section 3.01 to be subject to this provision), the Guarantors shall be released from the Guarantees and Clause (4) of Section 5.01 of this Indenture (and any other Events of Default applicable to such Securities that are determined pursuant to Section 3.01 to be subject to this provision) shall be deemed not to be an Event of Default with respect to any series of Securities at any time after the applicable conditions set forth below have been satisfied:

26


 

          (1) the Company shall have deposited or caused to be deposited irrevocably with the Trustee as trust funds, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of the Securities of such series, (i) money in an amount, or (ii) the equivalent in securities of the government which issued the currency in which the Securities are denominated or government agencies backed by the full faith and credit of such government which through the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide freely available funds on or prior to the due date of any payment, money in an amount, or (iii) a combination of (i) and (ii), sufficient, in the opinion (with respect to (ii) and (iii)) of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge each installment of principal (including mandatory sinking fund payments) and any premium of, interest on and any repurchase or redemption obligations with respect to the outstanding Securities of such series on the dates such installments of interest or principal or repurchase or redemption obligations are due (before such a deposit, if the Securities of such series are then redeemable or may be redeemed in the future pursuant to the terms thereof, in either case at the option of the Company, the Company may give to the Trustee, in accordance with Section 11.02, a notice of its election to redeem all of the Securities of such series at a future date in accordance with Article XI);
          (2) no Event of Default or event (including such deposit) which with notice or lapse of time would become an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of such series shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;
          (3) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee (A) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that Holders of the Securities of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of the Company’s exercise of its option under this Section 4.03 and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such option had not been exercised, and, in the case of Securities being Discharged, accompanied by a ruling to that effect from the Internal Revenue Service, unless, as set forth in such Opinion of Counsel, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law since the date of this Indenture such that a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service is no longer required and (B) an Opinion of Counsel, subject to such qualifications, exceptions, assumptions and limitations as are reasonably deemed necessary by such counsel and are reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Trustee, to the effect that the trust resulting from the deposit referred to in paragraph (1) above does not violate the Investment Company Act of 1940;
          (4) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit referred to in paragraph (1) above was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders over other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others; and
          (5) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such series have been complied with.

27


 

          If the Company, at its option, with respect to a series of Securities, satisfies the applicable conditions pursuant to either clause (a) or (b) of the first sentence of this Section, then (x), in the event the Company satisfies the conditions to clause (a) and elects clause (a) to be applicable, each of the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by, and obligations under, its respective guarantee of the Securities of such series and to have satisfied all the obligations under this Indenture relating to the Securities of such series and (y) in either case, each of the Guarantors shall cease to be under any obligation to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in Article VIII (and any other covenants applicable to such Securities that are determined pursuant to Section 3.01 to be subject to this provision), and clause (4) of Section 5.01 (and any other Events of Default applicable to such series of Securities that are determined pursuant to Section 3.01 to be subject to this provision) shall be deemed not to be an Event of Default with respect to such series of Securities at any time thereafter.
          “ Discharged ” means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by, and obligations under, the Securities of such series and to have satisfied all the obligations under this Indenture relating to the Securities of such series (and the Trustee, on receipt of a Company Request and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except (A) the rights of Holders of Securities to receive, from the trust fund described in clause (1) above, payment of the principal and any premium of and any interest on such Securities when such payments are due; (B) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Securities under Sections 3.05, 3.06, 4.02, 6.07, 10.02 and 10.03; (C) the Company’s right of redemption, if any, with respect to any Securities of such series pursuant to Article XI, in which case the Company may redeem the Securities of such series in accordance with Article XI by complying with such Article and depositing with the Trustee, in accordance with Section 11.05, an amount of money sufficient, together with all amounts held in trust pursuant to Section 4.02 with respect to Securities of such series, to pay the Redemption Price of all the Securities of such series to be redeemed; and (D) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder. A “ Discharge ” shall mean the meeting by the Company of the foregoing requirements.
     SECTION 4.04 Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or securities in accordance with Section 4.02 of this Indenture, by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and, if applicable, the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Securities shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 4.01 or 4.03 of this Indenture, as the case may be, until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or securities in accordance with Section 4.02 of this Indenture; provided that, if the Company has made any payment of principal of or interest on any Securities because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Securities to receive such payment from the money or securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE V
Remedies
     SECTION 5.01 Events of Default. Event of Default ”, wherever used herein, means with respect to any series of Securities any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation

28


 

of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body), unless such event is either inapplicable to a particular series or it is specifically deleted or modified in or pursuant to the supplemental indenture, Board Resolution or Officers’ Certificate pursuant to authority granted under a Board Resolution creating such series of Securities or in the form of Security for such series:
          (1) default in the payment of any interest upon any Security of that series when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; or
          (2) default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Security of that series at its Maturity; or
          (3) default in the payment of any sinking or purchase fund or analogous obligation when the same becomes due by the terms of the Securities of such series; or
          (4) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or warranty of the Company, or any Guarantor in this Indenture in respect of the Securities of such series (other than a covenant or warranty in respect of the Securities of such series a default in the performance of which or the breach of which is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with), all of such covenants and warranties in the Indenture which are not expressly stated to be for the benefit of a particular series of Securities being deemed in respect of the Securities of all series for this purpose, and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 90 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “ Notice of Default ” hereunder; or
          (5) the entry of an order for relief against the Company or any Material U.S. Subsidiary thereof under Title 11, United States Code (the “ Federal Bankruptcy Act ”) by a court having jurisdiction in the premises or a decree or order by a court having jurisdiction in the premises adjudging the Company or any Material U.S. Subsidiary thereof bankrupt or insolvent under any other applicable Federal or State law, or the entry of a decree or order approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company or any Material U.S. Subsidiary thereof under the Federal Bankruptcy Act or any other applicable Federal or State law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Company or any Material U.S. Subsidiary thereof or of any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or
          (6) the consent by the Company or any Material U.S. Subsidiary thereof to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under the Federal Bankruptcy Act or any other applicable Federal or State law, or the consent by it to the filing of any such petition or to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Company or any Material U.S. Subsidiary thereof or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission by it in writing of its inability to

29


 

pay its debts generally as they become due, or the taking of corporate action by the Company or any Material U.S. Subsidiary thereof in furtherance of any such action; or
          (7) any Guarantee shall for any reason cease to be, or be asserted in writing by any Guarantor or the Company not to be, in full force and effect, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except to the extent contemplated by this Indenture and any such Guarantee; or
          (8) any other Event of Default provided in the supplemental indenture, Board Resolution or Officers’ Certificate pursuant to authority granted under a Board Resolution under which such series of Securities is issued or in the form of Security for such series.
          SECTION 5.02 Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment. If an Event of Default described in paragraph (1), (2), (3), (4), (7) or (8) (if the Event of Default under paragraph (4) or (8) is with respect to less than all series of Securities then Outstanding) of Section 5.01 occurs and is continuing with respect to any series, then and in each and every such case, unless the principal of all the Securities of such series shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such series then Outstanding hereunder (each such series acting as a separate class), by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), may declare the principal amount (or, if the Securities of such series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of that series) of all the Securities of such series and all accrued interest thereon to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become and shall be immediately due and payable, anything in this Indenture or in the Securities of such series contained to the contrary notwithstanding. If an Event of Default described in paragraph (4) or (8) (if the Event of Default under paragraph (4) or (8) is with respect to all series of Securities then Outstanding), of Section 5.01 occurs and is continuing, then and in each and every such case, unless the principal of all the Securities shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of all the Securities then Outstanding hereunder (treated as one class), by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), may declare the principal amount (or, if any Securities are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms thereof) of all the Securities then Outstanding and all accrued interest thereon to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become and shall be immediately due and payable, anything in this Indenture or in the Securities contained to the contrary notwithstanding. If an Event of Default of the type set forth in paragraph (5) or (6) of Section 5.01 occurs and is continuing, the principal of and any interest on the Securities then outstanding shall become immediately due and payable.
          At any time after such a declaration of acceleration has been made with respect to the Securities of any or all series, as the case may be, and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article provided, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of such series, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:
          (1) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:

30


 

          (A) all overdue installments of interest on the Securities of such series; and
          (B) the principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Securities of such series which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, and interest thereon at the rate or rates prescribed therefor by the terms of the Securities of such series, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful; and
          (C) interest upon overdue installments of interest at the rate or rates prescribed therefor by the terms of the Securities of such series to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful; and
          (D) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.07; and
     (2) all Events of Default with respect to such series of Securities, other than the nonpayment of the principal of the Securities of such series which have become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.13.
No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.
          SECTION 5.03 Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee. The Company covenants that if:
          (1) default is made in the payment of any installment of interest on any Security of any series when such interest becomes due and payable; or
          (2) default is made in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Security at the Maturity thereof; or
          (3) default is made in the payment of any sinking or purchase fund or analogous obligation when the same becomes due by the terms of the Securities of any series;
and any such default continues for any period of grace provided with respect to the Securities of such series, the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Holder of any such Security (or the Holders of any such series in the case of Clause (3) above), the whole amount then due and payable on any such Security (or on the Securities of any such series in the case of Clause (3) above) for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, with interest, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, upon the overdue principal (and premium, if any) and upon overdue installments of interest, at such rate or rates as may be prescribed therefor by the terms of any such Security (or of Securities of any such series in the case of Clause (3) above); and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.07.
          If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or

31


 

final decree, and may enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities of such series and collect the money adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities, wherever situated.
          If an Event of Default with respect to any series of Securities occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.
          SECTION 5.04 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or the property of the Company or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Securities shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Company for the payment of overdue principal or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceedings or otherwise:
     (i) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal (or portion thereof determined pursuant to Section 3.01(16) to be provable in bankruptcy) (and premium, if any) and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Securities and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary and advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.07) and of the Securityholders allowed in such judicial proceeding; and
     (ii) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;
and any receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator (or other similar official) in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Securityholder to make such payment to the Trustee and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Securityholders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.07.
          Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Securityholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Securityholder in any such proceeding.
          SECTION 5.05 Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities. All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Securities of any series may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities of such series or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any

32


 

recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.07, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities of the series in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.
          SECTION 5.06 Application of Money Collected. Any money collected by the Trustee with respect to a series of Securities pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, upon presentation of the Securities of such series and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:
          FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.07.
          SECOND: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the Securities of that series for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, respectively.
          THIRD: To the Company.
          SECTION 5.07 Limitation on Suits. No Holder of any Security of any series shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:
          (1) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to Securities of such series;
          (2) the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of such series shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;
          (3) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;
          (4) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and
          (5) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series;
it being understood and intended that no one or more Holders of Securities of such series shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holders of Securities of such series, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and proportionate benefit of all the Holders of all Securities of such series.

33


 

          SECTION 5.08 Unconditional Right of Securityholders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest. Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture, the Holder of any Security shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Section 3.07) interest on such Security on the respective Stated Maturities expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption or repayment, on the Redemption Date or Repayment Date, as the case may be) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.
          SECTION 5.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Trustee or any Securityholder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, then and in every such case the Company, the Trustee and the Securityholders shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Securityholders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.
          SECTION 5.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative. No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Securityholders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.
          SECTION 5.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Security to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Securityholders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Securityholders, as the case may be.
          SECTION 5.12 Control by Securityholders. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series, provided that:
          (1) the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that the action so directed may not lawfully be taken or would conflict with this Indenture or if the Trustee in good faith shall, by a Responsible Officer, determine that the proceedings so directed would involve it in personal liability or be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders not taking part in such direction, and
          (2) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.
          SECTION 5.13 Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series may on behalf of the Holders of

34


 

all the Securities of such series waive any past default hereunder with respect to such series and its consequences, except a default not theretofore cured:
          (1) in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Security of such series, or in the payment of any sinking or purchase fund or analogous obligation with respect to the Securities of such series, or
          (2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article IX cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security of such series.
          Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon.
          SECTION 5.14 Undertaking for Costs. All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Security by his acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Securityholder, or group of Securityholders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series to which the suit relates, or to any suit instituted by any Securityholder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on an Security on or after the respective Stated Maturities expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption or repayment, on or after the Redemption Date or Repayment Date, as the case may be).
          SECTION 5.15 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.
ARTICLE VI
The Trustee
          SECTION 6.01 Certain Duties and Responsibilities. (a) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default with respect to any series of Securities:

35


 

          (1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such series, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
          (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may, with respect to Securities of such series, conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).
          (b) In case an Event of Default with respect to any series of Securities has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise with respect to the Securities of such series such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.
          (c) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
          (1) this Subsection shall not be construed to limit the effect of Subsection (a) of this Section;
          (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;
          (3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such series; and
          (4) no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
          (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.
          SECTION 6.02 Notice of Defaults. Within 90 days after the occurrence of any default hereunder with respect to Securities of any series, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Securityholders of such series, as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register,

36


 

notice of such default hereunder known to the Trustee, unless such default shall have been cured or waived; provided, however, that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Security of such series or in the payment of any sinking or purchase fund installment or analogous obligation with respect to Securities of such series, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determine that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Securityholders of such series; and provided, further, that in the case of any default of the character specified in Section 5.01(4) with respect to Securities of such series no such notice to Securityholders of such series shall be given until at least 90 days after the occurrence thereof. For the purpose of this Section, the term “default”, with respect to Securities of any series, means any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default with respect to Securities of such series.
          SECTION 6.03 Certain Rights of Trustee. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.01:
     (a) the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;
     (b) any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;
     (c) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officers’ Certificate;
     (d) the Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or an Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;
     (e) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Securityholders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Securityholders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;
     (f) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney;

37


 

     (g) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;
     (h) the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any default (as defined in Section 6.02) or Event of Default with respect to the Securities of any series for which it is acting as Trustee unless either (1) a Responsible Officer of the Trustee assigned to the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee (or any successor division or department of the Trustee) shall have actual knowledge of such default or Event of Default or (2) written notice of such default or Event of Default shall have been given to the Trustee by the Company or any other obligor on such Securities or by any Holder of such Securities;
     (i) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture;
     (j) the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder; and
     (k) in no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action, except to the extent such loss or damage shall be determined to have been caused by its own negligence or bad faith.
          SECTION 6.04 Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities. The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of Securities or the proceeds thereof.
          SECTION 6.05 May Hold Securities. The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, the Security Registrar, any Conversion Agent or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and, subject to Sections 6.08 and 6.13, may otherwise deal with the Company or any Guarantor with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Security Registrar, Conversion Agent or such other agent.
          SECTION 6.06 Money Held in Trust. Subject to the provisions of Section 10.03 hereof, all moneys in any currency or currency received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Company.
          SECTION 6.07 Compensation and Reimbursement. The Company agrees:

38


 

          (1) to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);
          (2) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as shall be determined to have been caused by its own negligence or bad faith; and
          (3) to indemnify the Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.
          As security for the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Section the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on particular Securities.
          When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default specified in Section 5.01(5) or (6), the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy law.
          The Company’s obligations under this Section 6.07 and any lien arising hereunder shall survive the resignation or removal of any Trustee, the discharge of the Company’s obligations pursuant to Article IV of this Indenture and/or the termination of this Indenture.
          SECTION 6.08 Disqualification; Conflicting Interests. The Trustee for the Securities of any series issued hereunder shall be subject to the provisions of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act during the period of time provided for therein. In determining whether the Trustee has a conflicting interest as defined in Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act with respect to the Securities of any series, there shall be excluded this Indenture with respect to Securities of any particular series of Securities other than that series. Nothing herein shall prevent the Trustee from filing with the Commission the application referred to in the second to last paragraph of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.
          SECTION 6.09 Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility. There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder with respect to each series of Securities, which shall be either:
     (i) a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any State, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority, or
     (ii) a corporation or other Person organized and doing business under the laws of a foreign government that is permitted to act as Trustee pursuant to a rule, regulation or order of the Commission, authorized under such laws to

39


 

exercise corporate trust powers, and subject to supervision or examination by authority of such foreign government or a political subdivision thereof substantially equivalent to supervision or examination applicable to United States institutional trustees;
in either case having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. Neither the Company nor any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company shall serve as trustee for the Securities of any series issued hereunder. If at any time the Trustee with respect to any series of Securities shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 6.10.
          SECTION 6.10 Resignation and Removal. (a) No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee under Section 6.11.
          (b) The Trustee may resign with respect to any series of Securities at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Company. If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
          (c) The Trustee may be removed with respect to any series of Securities at any time by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of that series, delivered to the Trustee and to the Company. If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of removal, the removed Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
          (d) If at any time:
          (1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act pursuant to Section 6.08 with respect to any series of Securities after written request therefor by the Company or by any Securityholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of that series for at least six months, unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed in accordance with the provisions of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, or
          (2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 6.09 with respect to any series of Securities and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Securityholder, or
          (3) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting with respect to any series of Securities, or
          (4) the Trustee shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or

40


 

control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, then, in any such case, (i) the Company by a Board Resolution may remove the Trustee, with respect to the series, or in the case of Clause (4), with respect to all series, or (ii) subject to Section 5.14, any Securityholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the series, or, in the case of Clause (4), with respect to all series.
          (e) If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting with respect to any series of Securities, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of the Trustee with respect to any series of Securities for any cause, the Company, by Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee for that series of Securities.
If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapacity, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee with respect to such series of Securities shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Trustee with respect to such series and supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company with respect to such series. If no successor Trustee with respect to such series shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Securityholders of such series and accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, subject to Section 5.14, any Securityholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of that series for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to such series.
          (f) The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee with respect to any series and each appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to any series by mailing written notice of such event by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the Holders of Securities of that series as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its principal Corporate Trust Office.
          SECTION 6.11 Acceptance of Appointment by Successor. Every successor Trustee appointed hereunder shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the predecessor Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor Trustee shall become effective with respect to any series as to which it is resigning or being removed as Trustee, and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the predecessor Trustee with respect to any such series; but, on request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such predecessor Trustee shall, upon payment of its reasonable charges hereunder, if any, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the predecessor Trustee, and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such predecessor trustee hereunder with respect to all or any such series, subject nevertheless to its lien, if any, provided for in Section 6.07. Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts.

41


 

          In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more (but not all) series, the Company, the predecessor Trustee and each successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any applicable series shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto which shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the predecessor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series as to which the predecessor Trustee is not being succeeded shall continue to be vested in the predecessor Trustee, and shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be Trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee.
          No successor Trustee with respect to any series of Securities shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible with respect to that series under this Article.
          SECTION 6.12 Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business. Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Securities.
          SECTION 6.13 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated.
          SECTION 6.14 Appointment of Authenticating Agent. At any time when any of the Securities remain Outstanding the Trustee, with the approval of the Company, may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents with respect to one or more series of Securities which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series issued upon original issuance, exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption thereof or pursuant to Section 3.06, and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as an Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and, if other than the Company itself, subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority. If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said

42


 

supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.
          Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an Authenticating Agent, provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.
          An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee and, if other than the Company, to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and, if other than the Company, to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee, with the approval of the Company, may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Company and shall mail written notice of such appointment by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to all Holders of Securities of the series with respect to which such Authenticating Agent will serve, as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent. No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.
          The Company agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section.
          If an appointment with respect to one or more series is made pursuant to this Section, the Securities of such series may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication in the following form:
          This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
         
  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Trustee,
 
 
  by:      
    As Authenticating Agent   
       
 

43


 

         
     
  by:      
    As Authorized Agent   
       
 
        
     
  Dated:      
       
       
 

44


 

ARTICLE VII
Securityholders’ Lists and Reports by
Trustee and Company
          SECTION 7.01 Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Securityholders .
          The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:
          (1) semi-annually, not more than 15 days after December 15 and June 15 in each year in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, a list of the names and addresses of the Holders of Securities of each series as of such December 15 and June 15, as applicable, and
          (2) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished; provided, however, that if and so long as the Trustee shall be the Security Registrar for Securities of a series, no such list need be furnished with respect to such series of Securities.
          SECTION 7.02 Preservation of Information; Communications to Securityholders . (a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders of Securities contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 7.01 and the names and addresses of Holders of Securities received by the Trustee in its capacity as Security Registrar, if so acting. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 7.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.
          (b) If three or more Holders of Securities of any series (hereinafter referred to as “ applicants ”) apply in writing to the Trustee, and furnish to the Trustee reasonable proof that each such applicant has owned a Security of such series for a period of at least six months preceding the date of such application, and such application states that the applicants desire to communicate with other Holders of Securities of such series or with the Holders of all Securities with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under such Securities and is accompanied by a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which such applicants propose to transmit, then the Trustee shall, within five Business Days after the receipt of such application, at its election, either:
          (1) afford such applicants access to the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with Section 7.02(a), or
          (2) inform such applicants as to the approximate number of Holders of Securities of such series or all Securities, as the case may be, whose names and addresses appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with Section 7.02(a), and as to the approximate cost of mailing to such Securityholders the form of proxy or other communication, if any, specified in such application.
          If the Trustee shall elect not to afford such applicants access to such information, the Trustee shall, upon the written request of such applicants, mail to each Holder of a Security of

45


 

such series or to all Securityholders, as the case may be, whose names and addresses appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with Section 7.02(a), a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which is specified in such request, with reasonable promptness after a tender to the Trustee of the material to be mailed and of payment, or provision for the payment, of the reasonable expenses of mailing, unless, within five days after such tender, the Trustee shall mail to such applicants and file with the Commission, together with a copy of the material to be mailed, a written statement to the effect that, in the opinion of the Trustee, such mailing would be contrary to the best interests of the Holders of Securities of such series or all Securityholders, as the case may be, or would be in violation of applicable law. Such written statement shall specify the basis of such opinion. If the Commission, after opportunity for a hearing upon the objections specified in the written statement so filed, shall enter an order refusing to sustain any of such objections or if, after the entry of an order sustaining one or more of such objections, the Commission shall find, after notice and opportunity for hearing, that all the objections so sustained have been met and shall enter an order so declaring, the Trustee shall mail copies of such material to all Securityholders of such series or all Securityholders, as the case may be, with reasonable promptness after the entry of such order and the renewal of such tender; otherwise the Trustee shall be relieved of any obligation or duty to such applicants respecting their application.
          (c) Every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the Holders of Securities in accordance with Section 7.02(b), regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under Section 7.02(b).
          SECTION 7.03 Reports by Trustee . (a) Within 60 days after May 15 of each year commencing with the first May 15 after the issuance of Securities, the Trustee shall transmit by mail, at the Company’s expense, to all Holders as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register, as provided in Trust Indenture Act 313(c), a brief report dated as of May 15 in accordance with and with respect to the matters required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a).
          (b) The Trustee shall transmit, at the Company’s expense, to all Holders as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register, as provided in Trust Indenture Act 313(c), a brief report in accordance with and with respect to the matters required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b).
          (c) A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be furnished to the Company and, in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d), be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange upon which the Securities are listed, and also with the Commission.
          SECTION 7.04 Reports by Company . The Company shall file with the Trustee, and transmit to Holders, such information, documents and other reports, and such summaries thereof, as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant to such Act; provided that any such information, documents or reports required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 shall be filed with the Trustee within 15 days after the same is so required to be filed with the Commission. The Company also shall comply with the other provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(a). Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive

46


 

notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).
ARTICLE VIII
Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance or Transfer
          SECTION 8.01 Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance or Transfer on Certain Terms . None of the Company or any Guarantor shall consolidate with or merge into any other Person or convey or transfer its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, unless:
          (1) (a) in the case of the Company, the Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety shall be organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on all the Securities and the performance of every covenant of this Indenture (as supplemented from time to time) on the part of the Company to be performed or observed; (b) in the case of any Guarantor, the Person formed by such consolidation or into which such Guarantor is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer the properties and assets of such Guarantor substantially as an entirety shall be either (i) the Company or another Guarantor or (ii) a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and in the case of clause (ii), shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the performance of every covenant of this Indenture (as supplemented from time to time) on the part of such Guarantor to be performed or observed;
          (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have happened and be continuing; and
          (3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer and such supplemental indenture comply with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Section 8.01 shall not apply to any Guarantor if at such time such Guarantor has been released from its obligations under its Guarantee in accordance with Section 13.01(h).
          SECTION 8.02 Successor Person Substituted . Upon any consolidation or merger, or any conveyance or transfer of the properties and assets of the Company or any Guarantor substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 8.01, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company or such Guarantor is merged or to which such conveyance or transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may

47


 

exercise every right and power of, the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor had been named as the Company or such Guarantor herein. In the event of any such conveyance or transfer, the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, as the predecessor shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities and may be dissolved, wound up or liquidated at any time thereafter.
ARTICLE IX
Supplemental Indentures
          SECTION 9.01 Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Securityholders . Without the consent of the Holders of any Securities, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:
          (1) to evidence the succession of another corporation or Person to the Company or any Guarantor, and the assumption by any such successor of the respective covenants of the Company or any Guarantor herein and in the Securities; or
          (2) to add to the covenants of the Company or any Guarantor, or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company or any Guarantor, for the benefit of the Holders of the Securities of any or all series (and if such covenants or the surrender of such right or power are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such covenants are expressly being included or such surrenders are expressly being made solely for the benefit of one or more specified series); or
          (3) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture; or
          (4) to add to this Indenture such provisions as may be expressly permitted by the TIA, excluding, however, the provisions referred to in Section 316(a)(2) of the TIA as in effect at the date as of which this instrument was executed or any corresponding provision in any similar federal statute hereafter enacted; or
          (5) to establish any form of Security, as provided in Article II, to provide for the issuance of any series of Securities as provided in Article III and to set forth the terms thereof, and/or to add to the rights of the Holders of the Securities of any series; or
          (6) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by another corporation as a successor Trustee hereunder with respect to one or more series of Securities and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to Section 6.11; or
          (7) to add any additional Events of Default in respect of the Securities of any or all series (and if such additional Events of Default are to be in respect of less than all

48


 

series of Securities, stating that such Events of Default are expressly being included solely for the benefit of one or more specified series); or
          (8) to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities and to provide for bearer Securities; provided that uncertificated Securities are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Securities are as described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of such Internal Revenue Code; or
          (9) to provide for the terms and conditions of conversion into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities of the Securities of any series which are convertible into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities, if different from those set forth in Article XII; or
          (10) to secure the Securities of any series pursuant to Section 10.06 or otherwise; or
          (11) to add additional guarantors in respect of the Securities; or
          (12) to make any change necessary to comply with any requirement of the Commission in connection with the qualification of this Indenture or any supplemental indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.
          No supplemental indenture for the purposes identified in Clauses (2), (3), (5) or (7) above may be entered into if to do so would adversely affect the rights of the Holders of Outstanding Securities of any series in any material respect.
          SECTION 9.02 Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Securityholders . With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of all series affected by such supplemental indenture or indentures (acting as one class), by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee (in accordance with Section 1.04 hereof), the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Securities of each such series under this Indenture; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby:
          (1) change the Maturity of the principal of, or the Stated Maturity of any premium on, or any installment of interest on, any Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof or the interest or any premium thereon, or change the method of computing the amount of principal thereof or interest thereon on any date or change any Place of Payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Security or any premium or interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Maturity or the Stated Maturity, as the case may be (or, in the case of redemption or repayment, on or after the Redemption Date or the Repayment Date, as the case may be), or alter the provisions of this Indenture so as to affect adversely the terms, if any, of conversion of any Securities into Common Stock or other securities; or

49


 

          (2) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences, provided for in this Indenture; or
          (3) modify any of the provisions of this Section 9.02, Section 5.13 or Section 10.07, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby; or
          (4) impair or adversely affect the right of any Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on, or with respect to, the Securities of any series on or after the Stated Maturity of such Securities (or in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date); or
          (5) amend or modify Section 13.01 of this Indenture in any manner adverse to the rights of the Holders of the Outstanding Securities of any series.
          For purposes of this Section 9.02, if the Securities of any series are issuable upon the exercise of warrants, each holder of an unexercised and unexpired warrant with respect to such series shall be deemed to be a Holder of Outstanding Securities of such series in the amount issuable upon the exercise of such warrant. For such purposes, the ownership of any such warrant shall be determined by the Company in a manner consistent with customary commercial practices. The Trustee for such series shall be entitled to rely on an Officers’ Certificate as to the principal amount of Securities of such series in respect of which consents shall have been executed by holders of such warrants.
          A supplemental indenture which changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of this Indenture which has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more particular series of Securities, or which modifies the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series with respect to such covenant or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of Holders of Securities of any other series.
          It shall not be necessary for any Act of Securityholders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.
          SECTION 9.03 Execution of Supplemental Indentures . In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be provided with, and (subject to Section 6.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.
          SECTION 9.04 Effect of Supplemental Indentures . Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes;

50


 

and every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby to the extent provided therein.
          SECTION 9.05 Conformity with Trust Indenture Act . Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of TIA as then in effect.
          SECTION 9.06 Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures . Securities authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Board of Directors, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Securities.
ARTICLE X
Covenants
          SECTION 10.01 Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest . With respect to each series of Securities, the Company will duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on such Securities in accordance with their terms and this Indenture, and will duly comply with all the other terms, agreements and conditions contained in, or made in the Indenture for the benefit of, the Securities of such series.
          SECTION 10.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency . The Company will maintain an office or agency in each Place of Payment where Securities may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Securities may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities and this Indenture may be served and where any Securities with conversion privileges may be presented and surrendered for conversion. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and of any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain such office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.
          Unless otherwise set forth in, or pursuant to, a Board Resolution, supplemental indenture or Officers’ Certificate pursuant to authority granted under a Board Resolution with respect to a series of Securities, the Company hereby initially designates as the Place of Payment for each series of Securities, the Borough of Manhattan, the City and State of New York, and initially appoints the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office as the Company’s office or agency for each such purpose in such city.
          SECTION 10.03 Money for Security Payments to Be Held in Trust . If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent for any series of Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on, any of the Securities of such series, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due until such sums

51


 

shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure to act.
          Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for any series of Securities, it will, on or prior to each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on, any Securities of such series, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal (and premium, if any) or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.
          The Company will cause each Paying Agent other than the Trustee for any series of Securities to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent will:
          (1) hold all sums held by it for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on Securities of such series in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided;
          (2) give the Trustee notice of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities of such series) in the making of any such payment of principal (and premium, if any) or interest on the Securities of such series; and
          (3) at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent.
                    The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to any series of Securities or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent in respect of each and every series of Securities as to which it seeks to discharge this Indenture or, if for any other purpose, all sums so held in trust by the Company in respect of all Securities, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.
          Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Security of any series and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal (and premium, if any) or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on Company Request, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease. The Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company mail to the Holders of the Securities as to which the money to be repaid was held in trust, as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register, a notice that such moneys remain unclaimed and that, after a date specified in the notice, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date on which the notice was first mailed to the Holders of the Securities as to

52


 

which the money to be repaid was held in trust, any unclaimed balance of such moneys then remaining will be paid to the Company free of the trust formerly impressed upon it.
          SECTION 10.04 Statement as to Compliance . The Company and each Guarantor will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a written statement signed by the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable, stating that:
          (1) a review of the activities of the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable, during such year and of performance under this Indenture and under the terms of the Securities has been made under his supervision; and
          (2) to the best of his knowledge, based on such review, the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable, has fulfilled all its obligations under this Indenture and has complied with all conditions and covenants on its part contained in this Indenture through such year, or, if there has been a default in the fulfillment of any such obligation, covenant or condition, specifying each such default known to him and the nature and status thereof.
          For the purpose of this Section 10.04, default and compliance shall be determined without regard to any grace period or requirement of notice provided pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.
          SECTION 10.05 Legal Existence . Subject to Article VIII the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its legal existence.
          SECTION 10.06 Limitation on Liens . Neither the Company nor any Material Subsidiary of the Company shall incur, create, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for any Indebtedness For Borrowed Money that is secured by a lien on any asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it unless the Company makes or causes to be made effective provisions whereby the Securities issued under this Indenture will be secured by such lien equally and ratably with (or prior to) all other indebtedness thereby secured so long as any such indebtedness shall be secured. The foregoing restriction does not apply to the following:
     (i) liens existing as of the date of this Indenture;
     (ii) liens created by Subsidiaries of the Company to secure indebtedness of such Subsidiaries to the Company or to one or more other Subsidiaries of the Company;
     (iii) liens affecting property of a Person existing at the time it becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or at the time it merges into or consolidates with the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or at the time of a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties of such Person to the Company or its Subsidiaries;
     (iv) liens on property existing at the time of the acquisition thereof or incurred to secure payment of all or a part of the purchase price thereof or to secure indebtedness incurred prior to, at the time of, or within 18 months after the

53


 

acquisition thereof for the purpose of financing all or part of the purchase price thereof, in a principal amount not exceeding 110% of the purchase price;
     (v) liens on any property to secure all or part of the cost of improvements or construction thereon or indebtedness incurred to provide funds for such purpose in a principal amount not exceeding 110% of the cost of such improvements or construction;
     (vi) liens consisting of or relating to the sale, transfer, distribution, or financing of motion pictures, video and television programs, sound recordings, books or rights with respect thereto to or with groups who may receive tax benefits or other third-party investors in connection with the financing and/or distribution of such motion pictures, video and television programming, sound recordings or books in the ordinary course of business and the granting to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of rights to distribute such motion pictures, video and television programming, sound recordings or books; provided, however, that no such lien shall attach to any asset or right of the Company or its Subsidiaries (other than (1) the motion pictures, video and television programming, sound recordings, books or rights which were sold, transferred to or financed by groups who may receive tax benefits or third-party investors in question or the proceeds arising therefrom and (2) the stock or other equity interests of a Subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist of such motion pictures, video and television programming, sound recordings, books or rights and related proceeds);
     (vii) liens on shares of stock, indebtedness or other securities of a Person that is not a Subsidiary of the Company;
     (viii) liens on Works which either (1) existed in such Works before the time of their acquisition and were not created in anticipation thereof, or (2) were created solely for the purpose of securing obligations to financiers, producers, distributors, exhibitors, completion guarantors, inventors, copyright holders, financial institutions or other participants incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the acquisition, financing, production, completion, distribution or exhibition of Works;
     (ix) any lien on the office building and hotel complex located in Atlanta, Georgia known as the CNN Center Complex, including the parking decks for such complex (to the extent such parking decks are owned or leased by the Company or its Subsidiaries), or any portion thereof and all property rights therein and the products, revenues and proceeds therefrom created as part of any mortgage financing or sale-leaseback of the CNN Center Complex;
     (x) liens on satellite transponders and all property rights therein and the products, revenues and proceeds therefrom which secure obligations incurred in connection with the acquisition, utilization or operation of such satellite transponders or the refinancing of any such obligations;
     (xi) liens on capital leases entered into after the date of this Indenture provided that such liens extend only to the property or assets that are the subject of such capital leases;

54


 

     (xii) liens resulting from progress payments or partial payments under United States government contracts or subcontracts;
     (xiii) any extension, renewal or replacement of any lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (i) through (xii) inclusive, or of any indebtedness secured thereby; provided, however, that the principal amount of indebtedness secured thereby shall not exceed the principal amount of indebtedness so secured at the time of such extension, renewal or replacement, or at the time the lien was issued, created or assumed or otherwise permitted, and that such extension, renewal or replacement lien shall be limited to all or part of substantially the same property which secured the lien extended, renewed or replaced (plus improvements on such property); and
     (xiv) other liens arising in connection with indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount for the Company and its Subsidiaries not exceeding at the time such lien is issued, created or assumed the greater of (A) 15% of the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company and (B) $500 million.
          SECTION 10.07 Waiver of Certain Covenants . The Company may omit in respect of any series of Securities, in any particular instance, to comply with any covenant or condition set forth in Sections 10.05 or 10.06 or set forth in a Board Resolution, supplemental indenture or Officers’ Certificate pursuant to authority granted under a Board Resolution with respect to the Securities of such series, unless otherwise specified in such Board Resolution, supplemental indenture or Officers’ Certificate, if before or after the time for such compliance the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of all series affected by such waiver (voting as one class) shall, by Act of such Securityholders delivered to the Company and the Trustee (in accordance with Section 1.04 hereof), either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such covenant or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such covenant or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such covenant or condition shall remain in full force and effect. Nothing in this Section 10.07 shall permit the waiver of compliance with any covenant or condition set forth in such Board Resolution, supplemental indenture or Officers’ Certificate which, if in the form of an indenture supplemental hereto, would not be permitted by Section 9.02 without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby.
ARTICLE XI
Redemption of Securities
          SECTION 11.01 Applicability of Article . The Company may reserve the right to redeem and pay before Stated Maturity all or any part of the Securities of any series, either by optional redemption, sinking or purchase fund or analogous obligation or otherwise, by provision therefor in the form of Security for such series established and approved pursuant to Section 2.02 and on such terms as are specified in such form or in the indenture supplemental hereto with respect to Securities of such series as provided in Section 3.01. Redemption of Securities of any series shall be made in accordance with the terms of such Securities and, to the extent that this Article does not conflict with such terms, the succeeding Sections of this Article. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, except in the case of redemption

55


 

pursuant to a sinking fund, the Trustee shall not make any payment in connection with the redemption of Securities until the close of business on the Redemption Date.
          SECTION 11.02 Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee . The election of the Company to redeem any Securities redeemable at the election of the Company shall be evidenced by, or pursuant to authority granted by, a Board Resolution or an Officers’ Certificate pursuant to authority granted under a Board Resolution. In case of any redemption at the election of the Company of less than all of the Securities of any series, the Company shall, at least 45 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of Securities of such series and the Tranche (as defined in Section 11.03) to be redeemed.
          In the case of any redemption of Securities (i) prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in the terms of such Securities or elsewhere in this Indenture, or (ii) pursuant to an election of the Company which is subject to a condition specified in the terms of such Securities, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an Officers’ Certificate evidencing compliance with such restriction or condition.
          SECTION 11.03 Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed . If less than all the Securities of like tenor and terms of any series (a “ Tranche ”) are to be redeemed, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 45 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the Outstanding Securities of such Tranche not previously called for redemption, by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and which may include provision for the selection for redemption of portions of the principal of Securities of such Tranche of a denomination larger than the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of that series. Unless otherwise provided in the terms of a particular series of Securities, the portions of the principal of Securities so selected for partial redemption shall be equal to the minimum authorized denomination of the Securities of such series, or an integral multiple thereof, and the principal amount which remains outstanding shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of such series. If less than all the Securities of unlike tenor and terms of a series are to be redeemed, the particular Tranche of Securities to be redeemed shall be selected by the Company.
          If any convertible Security selected for partial redemption is converted in part before the termination of the conversion right with respect to the portion of the Security so selected, the converted portion of such Security shall be deemed (so far as may be) to be the portion selected for redemption.
          Upon any redemption of fewer than all the Securities of a series or Tranche, the Company and the Trustee may treat as Outstanding any Securities surrendered for conversion during the period of 15 days next preceding the mailing of a notice of redemption, and need not treat as Outstanding any Security authenticated and delivered during such period in exchange for the unconverted portion of any Security converted in part during such period.
          The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Security selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.
          Securities shall be excluded from eligibility for selection for redemption if they are identified by registration and certificate number in a written statement signed by an authorized officer of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at least 45 days prior to the Redemption Date

56


 

as being owned of record and beneficially by, and not pledged or hypothecated by either, (a) the Company or (b) an entity specifically identified in such written statement as being an Affiliate of the Company.
          For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate, in the case of any Security redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal of such Security which has been or is to be redeemed.
          SECTION 11.04 Notice of Redemption . Notice of redemption shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than 15 (unless otherwise provided in the Board Resolution, supplemental indenture or Officers’ Certificate pursuant to authority granted under a Board Resolution establishing the relevant series) nor more than 45 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each holder of Securities to be redeemed, at his address appearing in the Security Register.
          All notices of redemption shall state:
          (1) the Redemption Date;
          (2) the Redemption Price;
          (3) if less than all Outstanding Securities of any series are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the respective principal amounts) of the Securities to be redeemed;
          (4) that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Security, and that interest, if any, thereon shall cease to accrue from and after said date;
          (5) the place where such Securities are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price, which shall be the office or agency of the Company in the Place of Payment;
          (6) that the redemption is on account of a sinking or purchase fund, or other analogous obligation, if that be the case;
          (7) if such Securities are convertible into Common Stock or other securities, the Conversion Price and the date on which the right to convert such Securities into Common Stock or other securities will terminate; and
          (8) if applicable, that the redemption may be rescinded by the Company, at its sole option, pursuant to Section 11.09 of this Indenture upon the occurrence of a Redemption Rescission Event.
          Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed at the election of the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company; provided that if the Trustee is asked to give such notice it shall be given at least five (5) Business Days prior notice.

57


 

          SECTION 11.05 Deposit of Redemption Price . On or prior to any Redemption Date and subject to Section 11.09, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 10.03) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of all the Securities which are to be redeemed on that date. If any Security to be redeemed is converted into Common Stock or other securities, any money so deposited with the Trustee or a Paying Agent shall be paid to the Company upon Company Request or, if then so segregated and held in trust by the Company, shall be discharged from such trust.
          SECTION 11.06 Securities Payable on Redemption Date . Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Securities so to be redeemed shall, subject to Section 11.09, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price) such Securities shall cease to bear interest and any rights to convert such Securities shall terminate. Upon surrender of such Securities for redemption in accordance with the notice and subject to Section 11.09, such Securities shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price. Unless otherwise provided with respect to such Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, installments of interest the Stated Maturity of which is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Securities registered as such on the relevant Regular Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 3.07.
          If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the Security, or as otherwise provided in such Security.
          SECTION 11.07 Securities Redeemed in Part . Any Security which is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at the office or agency of the Company in the Place of Payment with respect to that series (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing) and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security without service charge, a new Security or Securities of the same series and Stated Maturity and of like tenor and terms, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Security so surrendered.
          SECTION 11.08 Provisions with Respect to Any Sinking Funds . Unless the form or terms of any series of Securities shall provide otherwise, in lieu of making all or any part of any mandatory sinking fund payment with respect to such series of Securities in cash, the Company may at its option (1) deliver to the Trustee for cancelation any Securities of such series theretofore acquired by the Company or converted by the Holder thereof into Common Stock or other securities, or (2) receive credit for any Securities of such series (not previously so credited) acquired by the Company (including by way of optional redemption (pursuant to the sinking fund or otherwise but not by way of mandatory sinking fund redemption) or converted by the Holder thereof into Common Stock or other securities and theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancelation, and if it does so then (i) Securities so delivered or credited shall be credited at the applicable sinking fund Redemption Price with respect to Securities of such series, and (ii) on or before the 60th day next preceding each sinking fund Redemption Date with respect to such series of Securities, the Company will deliver to the Trustee (A) an Officers’ Certificate specifying the portions of such sinking fund payment to be satisfied by payment of cash and by delivery or credit of Securities of such series acquired by the Company or converted by the

58


 

Holder thereof, and (B) such Securities, to the extent not previously surrendered. Such Officers’ Certificate shall also state the basis for such credit and that the Securities for which the Company elects to receive credit have not been previously so credited and were not acquired by the Company through operation of the mandatory sinking fund, if any, provided with respect to such Securities and shall also state that no Event of Default with respect to Securities of such series has occurred and is continuing. All Securities so delivered to the Trustee shall be canceled by the Trustee and no Securities shall be authenticated in lieu thereof.
          If the sinking fund payment or payments (mandatory or optional) with respect to any series of Securities made in cash plus any unused balance of any preceding sinking fund payments with respect to Securities of such series made in cash shall exceed $50,000 (or a lesser sum if the Company shall so request), unless otherwise provided by the terms of such series of Securities, that cash shall be applied by the Trustee on the sinking fund Redemption Date with respect to Securities of such series next following the date of such payment to the redemption of Securities of such series at the applicable sinking fund Redemption Price with respect to Securities of such series, together with accrued interest, if any, to the date fixed for redemption, with the effect provided in Section 11.06. The Trustee shall select, in the manner provided in Section 11.03, for redemption on such sinking fund Redemption Date a sufficient principal amount of Securities of such series to utilize that cash and shall thereupon cause notice of redemption of the Securities of such series for the sinking fund to be given in the manner provided in Section 11.04 (and with the effect provided in Section 11.06) for the redemption of Securities in part at the option of the Company. Any sinking fund moneys not so applied or allocated by the Trustee to the redemption of Securities of such series shall be added to the next cash sinking fund payment with respect to Securities of such series received by the Trustee and, together with such payment, shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.08. Any and all sinking fund moneys with respect to Securities of any series held by the Trustee at the Maturity of Securities of such series, and not held for the payment or redemption of particular Securities of such series, shall be applied by the Trustee, together with other moneys, if necessary, to be deposited sufficient for the purpose, to the payment of the principal of the Securities of such series at Maturity.
          On or before each sinking fund Redemption Date provided with respect to Securities of any series, the Company shall pay to the Trustee in cash a sum equal to all accrued interest, if any, to the date fixed for redemption on Securities to be redeemed on such sinking fund Redemption Date pursuant to this Section 11.08.
          SECTION 11.09 Rescission of Redemption . In the event that this Section 11.09 is specified to be applicable to a series of Securities pursuant to Section 3.01 and a Redemption Rescission Event shall occur following any day on which a notice of redemption shall have been given pursuant to Section 11.04 hereof but at or prior to the time and date fixed for redemption as set forth in such notice of redemption, the Company may, at its sole option, at any time prior to the earlier of (i) the close of business on that day which is two Trading Days following such Redemption Rescission Event and (ii) the time and date fixed for redemption as set forth in such notice, rescind the redemption to which such notice of redemption shall have related by making a public announcement of such rescission (the date on which such public announcement shall have been made being hereinafter referred to as the “ Rescission Date ”). The Company shall be deemed to have made such announcement if it shall issue a release to the Dow Jones New Service, Reuters Information Services or any successor news wire service. From and after the making of such announcement, the Company shall have no obligation to redeem Securities called for redemption pursuant to such notice of redemption or to pay the Redemption Price therefor and all rights of Holders of Securities shall be restored as if such notice of redemption had not been

59


 

given. As promptly as practicable following the making of such announcement, the Company shall telephonically notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent of such rescission. The Company shall give notice of any such rescission by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed as promptly as practicable but in no event later than the close of business on the day which is five Trading Days following the Rescission Date to each Holder of Securities at the close of business on the Rescission Date, to any other Person that was a Holder of Securities and that shall have surrendered Securities for conversion following the giving of notice of the subsequently rescinded redemption and to the Trustee and the Paying Agent. Each notice of rescission shall (w) state that the redemption described in the notice of redemption has been rescinded, (x) state that any Converting Holder shall be entitled to rescind the conversion of Securities surrendered for conversion following the day on which notice of redemption was given but on or prior to the date of the mailing of the Company’s notice of rescission, (y) be accompanied by a form prescribed by the Company to be used by any Converting Holder rescinding the conversion of Securities so surrendered for conversion (and instructions for the completion and delivery of such form, including instructions with respect to any payment that may be required to accompany such delivery) and (z) state that such form must be properly completed and received by the Company no later than the close of business on a date that shall be 15 Trading Days following the date of the mailing of such notice of rescission.
ARTICLE XII
Conversion
          SECTION 12.01 Conversion Privilege. In the event that this Article XII is specified to be applicable to a series of Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, the Holder of a Security of such series shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, to convert, in accordance with the terms of such series of Securities and this Article XII, all or any part (in a denomination of, unless otherwise specified in a Board Resolution, supplemental indenture or Officers’ Certificate pursuant to authority granted under a Board Resolution with respect to Securities of such series, $1,000 in principal amount or any integral multiple thereof) of such Security into shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities specified in such Board Resolution, supplemental indenture or Officers’ Certificate pursuant to authority granted under a Board Resolution at any time or, as to any Securities called for redemption, at any time prior to the time and date fixed for such redemption (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price, in which case such right shall not terminate at such time and date).
          SECTION 12.02 Conversion Procedure; Rescission of Conversion; Conversion Price; Fractional Shares. (a) Each Security to which this Article is applicable shall be convertible at the office of the Conversion Agent, and at such other place or places, if any, specified in a Board Resolution, supplemental indenture or Officers’ Certificate pursuant to authority granted under a Board Resolution with respect to the Securities of such series, into fully paid and nonassessable shares (calculated to the nearest 1/100th of a share) of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities. The Securities will be converted into shares of Common Stock or such other Marketable Securities at the Conversion Price therefor. No payment or adjustment shall be made in respect of dividends on the Common Stock or such other Marketable Securities, or accrued interest on a converted Security except as described in Section 12.09. The Company may, but shall not be required, in connection with any conversion of Securities, to issue a fraction of a share of Common Stock or of such other Marketable Security, and, if the Company shall determine not to issue any such fraction, the Company shall, subject to Section 12.03(4), make a

60


 

cash payment (calculated to the nearest cent) equal to such fraction multiplied by the Closing Price of the Common Stock or such other Marketable Security on the last Trading Day prior to the date of conversion.
          (b) Before any Holder of a Security shall be entitled to convert the same into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities, such Holder shall surrender such Security duly endorsed to the Company or in blank, at the office of the Conversion Agent or at such other place or places, if any, specified in a Board Resolution, supplemental indenture or Officers’ Certificate pursuant to authority granted under a Board Resolution with respect to the Securities of such series, and shall give written notice to the Company at said office or place that he elects to convert the same and shall state in writing therein the principal amount of Securities to be converted and the name or names (with addresses) in which he wishes the certificate or certificates for Common Stock or for such other Marketable Securities to be issued; provided, however, that no Security or portion thereof shall be accepted for conversion unless the principal amount of such Security or such portion, when added to the principal amount of all other Securities or portions thereof then being surrendered by the Holder thereof for conversion, exceeds the then effective Conversion Price with respect thereto. If more than one Security shall be surrendered for conversion at one time by the same Holder, the number of full shares of Common Stock or such other Marketable Securities which shall be deliverable upon conversion shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of the Securities (or specified portions thereof to the extent permitted thereby) so surrendered. Subject to the next succeeding sentence, the Company will, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at said office or place to such Holder of a Security, or to his nominee or nominees, certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Security to which he shall be entitled as aforesaid, together, subject to the last sentence of paragraph (a) above, with cash in lieu of any fraction of a share to which he would otherwise be entitled. The Company shall not be required to deliver certificates for shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities while the stock transfer books for such stock or the transfer books for such Marketable Securities, as the case may be, or the Security Register are duly closed for any purpose, but certificates for shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities shall be issued and delivered as soon as practicable after the opening of such books or Security Register. A Security shall be deemed to have been converted as of the close of business on the date of the surrender of such Security for conversion as provided above, and the person or persons entitled to receive the Common Stock or other Marketable Securities issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record Holder or Holders of such Common Stock or other Marketable Securities as of the close of business on such date. In case any Security shall be surrendered for partial conversion, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to or upon the written order of the Holder of the Securities so surrendered, without charge to such Holder (subject to the provisions of Section 12.08), a new Security or Securities in authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unconverted portion of the surrendered Security.
          (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event the Company shall have rescinded a redemption of Securities pursuant to Section 11.09 hereof, any Holder of Securities that shall have surrendered Securities for conversion following the day on which notice of the subsequently rescinded redemption shall have been given but prior to the later of (a) the close of business on the Trading Day next succeeding the date on which public announcement of the rescission of such redemption shall have been made and (b) the date of the mailing of the notice of rescission required by Section 11.09 hereof (a “ Converting Holder ”) may rescind the conversion of such Securities surrendered for conversion by (i) properly completing a form prescribed by the Company and mailed to Holders of Securities (including Converting Holders) with the Company’s notice of rescission, which form shall provide for the certification

61


 

by any Converting Holder rescinding a conversion on behalf of any beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of Securities that the beneficial ownership (within the meaning of such Rule) of such Securities shall not have changed from the date on which such Securities were surrendered for conversion to the date of such certification and (ii) delivering such form to the Company no later than the close of business on that date which is 15 Trading Days following the date of the mailing of the Company’s notice of rescission. The delivery of such form by a Converting Holder shall be accompanied by (x) any certificates representing shares of Common Stock or other securities issued to such Converting Holder upon a conversion of Securities that shall be rescinded by the proper delivery of such form (the “ Surrendered Securities ”), (y) any securities, evidences of indebtedness or assets (other than cash) distributed by the Company to such Converting Holder by reason of such Converting Holder being a record holder of Surrendered Securities and (z) payment in New York Clearing House funds or other funds acceptable to the Company of an amount equal to the sum of (I) any cash such Converting Holder may have received in lieu of the issuance of fractional Surrendered Securities and (II) any cash paid or payable by the Company to such Converting Holder by reason of such Converting Holder being a record holder of Surrendered Securities. Upon receipt by the Company of any such form properly completed by a Converting Holder and any certificates, securities, evidences of indebtedness, assets or cash payments required to be returned by such Converting Holder to the Company as set forth above, the Company shall instruct the transfer agent or agents for shares of Common Stock or other securities to cancel any certificates representing Surrendered Securities (which Surrendered Securities shall be deposited in the treasury of the Company) and shall instruct the Registrar to reissue certificates representing Securities to such Converting Holder (which Securities shall be deemed to have been outstanding at all times during the period following their surrender for conversion). The Company shall, as promptly as practicable, and in no event more than five Trading Days following the receipt of any such properly completed form and any such certificates, securities, evidences of indebtedness, assets or cash payments required to be so returned, pay to the Holder of Securities surrendered to the Company pursuant to a rescinded conversion or as otherwise directed by such Holder any interest paid or other payment made to Holders of Securities during the period from the time such Securities shall have been surrendered for conversion to the rescission of such conversion. All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance of any form submitted to the Company to rescind the conversion of Securities, including questions as to the proper completion or execution of any such form or any certification contained therein, shall be resolved by the Company, whose determination shall be final and binding.
     SECTION 12.03 Adjustment of Conversion Price for Common Stock or Marketable Securities. The Conversion Price with respect to any Security which is convertible into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities shall be adjusted from time to time as follows:
          (1) In case the Company shall, at any time or from time to time while any of such Securities are outstanding, (i) pay a dividend in shares of its Common Stock or other Marketable Securities, (ii) combine its outstanding shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities into a smaller number of shares or securities, (iii) subdivide its outstanding shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities or (iv) issue by reclassification of its shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities any shares of stock or other Marketable Securities of the Company, then the Conversion Price in effect immediately before such action shall be adjusted so that the Holders of such Securities, upon conversion thereof into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities immediately following such event, shall be entitled to receive the kind and amount of shares of capital stock of the Company or other Marketable Securities which they would have owned or been entitled to receive upon or by reason of such event if such Securities

62


 

had been converted immediately before the record date (or, if no record date, the effective date) for such event. An adjustment made pursuant to this Section 12.03(1) shall become effective retroactively immediately after the record date in the case of a dividend or distribution and shall become effective retroactively immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination or reclassification. For the purposes of this Section 12.03(1), each Holder of Securities shall be deemed to have failed to exercise any right to elect the kind or amount of securities receivable upon the payment of any such dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification (provided that if the kind or amount of securities receivable upon such dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification is not the same for each nonelecting share, then the kind and amount of securities or other property receivable upon such dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification for each nonelecting share shall be deemed to be the kind and amount so receivable per share by a plurality of the nonelecting shares).
          (2) In case the Company shall, at any time or from time to time while any of such Securities are outstanding, issue rights or warrants to all holders of shares of its Common Stock or other Marketable Securities entitling them (for a period expiring within 45 days after the record date for such issuance) to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities (or securities convertible into shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities) at a price per share less than the Current Market Price of the Common Stock or other Marketable Securities at such record date (treating the price per share of the securities convertible into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities as equal to (x) the sum of (i) the price for a unit of the security convertible into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities plus (ii) any additional consideration initially payable upon the conversion of such security into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities divided by (y) the number of shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities initially underlying such convertible security), the Conversion Price with respect to such Securities shall be adjusted so that it shall equal the price determined by dividing the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the date of issuance of such rights or warrants by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities outstanding on the date of issuance of such rights or warrants plus the number of additional shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities offered for subscription or purchase (or into which the convertible securities so offered are initially convertible), and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities outstanding on the date of issuance of such rights or warrants plus the number of shares or securities which the aggregate offering price of the total number of shares or securities so offered for subscription or purchase (or the aggregate purchase price of the convertible securities so offered plus the aggregate amount of any additional consideration initially payable upon conversion of such Securities into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities) would purchase at such Current Market Price of the Common Stock or other Marketable Securities. Such adjustment shall become effective retroactively immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants.
          (3) In case the Company shall, at any time or from time to time while any of such Securities are outstanding, distribute to all holders of shares of its Common Stock or other Marketable Securities (including any such distribution made in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation and the Common Stock or other Marketable Securities are not changed or exchanged) cash, evidences of its indebtedness, securities or assets (excluding (i) regular periodic cash

63


 

dividends in amounts, if any, determined from time to time by the Board of Directors, (ii) in dividends payable in shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities for which adjustment is made under Section 12.03(1) or (iii) rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase securities of the Company (excluding those referred to in Section 12.03(2)), then in each such case the Conversion Price with respect to such Securities shall be adjusted so that it shall equal the price determined by dividing the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the date of such distribution by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Current Market Price of the Common Stock or other Marketable Securities on the record date referred to below, and the denominator of which shall be such Current Market Price of the Common Stock or other Marketable Securities less the then fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be conclusive) of the portion of the cash or assets or evidences of indebtedness or securities so distributed or of such subscription rights or warrants applicable to one share of Common Stock or one other Marketable Security (provided that such denominator shall never be less than 1.0); provided, however, that no adjustment shall be made with respect to any distribution of rights to purchase securities of the Company if a Holder of Securities would otherwise be entitled to receive such rights upon conversion at any time of such Securities into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities unless such rights are subsequently redeemed by the Company, in which case such redemption shall be treated for purposes of this Section as a dividend on the Common Stock or other Marketable Securities. Such adjustment shall become effective retroactively immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders or holders of Marketable Securities entitled to receive such distribution; and in the event that such distribution is not so made, the Conversion Price shall again be adjusted to the Conversion Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.
          (4) The Company shall be entitled to make such additional adjustments in the Conversion Price, in addition to those required by subsections 12.03(1), 12.03(2) and 12.03(3), as shall be necessary in order that any dividend or distribution of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities, any subdivision, reclassification or combination of shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities or any issuance of rights or warrants referred to above shall not be taxable to the holders of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities for United States Federal income tax purposes.
          (5) In any case in which this Section 12.03 shall require that any adjustment be made effective as of or retroactively immediately following a record date, the Company may elect to defer (but only for five Trading Days following the filing of the statement referred to in Section 12.05) issuing to the Holder of any Securities converted after such record date the shares of Common Stock and other capital stock of the Company or other Marketable Securities issuable upon such conversion over and above the shares of Common Stock and other capital stock of the Company or other Marketable Securities issuable upon such conversion on the basis of the Conversion Price prior to adjustment; provided, however, that the Company shall deliver to such Holder a due bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such Holder’s right to receive such additional shares upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.
          (6) All calculations under this Section 12.03 shall be made to the nearest cent or one-hundredth of a share or security, with one-half cent and .005 of a share, respectively, being rounded upward. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 12.03, the Company shall not be required to make any adjustment of the Conversion

64


 

Price unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1% of such price. Any lesser adjustment shall be carried forward and shall be made at the time of and together with the next subsequent adjustment which, together with any adjustment or adjustments so carried forward, shall amount to an increase or decrease of at least 1% in such price. Any adjustments under this Section 12.03 shall be made successively whenever an event requiring such an adjustment occurs.
          (7) In the event that at any time, as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to this Section 12.03, the Holder of any Security thereafter surrendered for conversion shall become entitled to receive any shares of stock of or other Marketable Securities of the Company other than shares of Common Stock or Marketable Securities into which the Securities originally were convertible, the Conversion Price of such other shares or Marketable Securities so receivable upon conversion of any such Security shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to Common Stock and Marketable Securities contained in subparagraphs (1) through (6) of this Section 12.03, and the provisions of Sections 12.01, 12.02 and 12.04 through 12.09 with respect to the Common Stock or other Marketable Securities shall apply on like or similar terms to any such other shares or Marketable Securities and the determination of the Board of Directors as to any such adjustment shall be conclusive.
          (8) No adjustment shall be made pursuant to this Section (i) if the effect thereof would be to reduce the Conversion Price below the par value (if any) of the Common Stock or other Marketable Security, if any, or (ii) subject to Section 12.03(5) hereof, with respect to any Security that is converted prior to the time such adjustment otherwise would be made.
          SECTION 12.04 Consolidation or Merger of the Company. In case of either (a) any consolidation or merger to which the Company is a party, other than a merger or consolidation in which the Company is the surviving or continuing corporation and which does not result in a reclassification of, or change (other than a change in par value or from par value to no par value or from no par value to par value, as a result of a subdivision or combination) in, outstanding shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities or (b) any sale or conveyance of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company to another Person, then each Security then Outstanding shall be convertible from and after such merger, consolidation, sale or conveyance of property and assets into the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities and property (including cash) receivable upon such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities into which such Securities would have been converted immediately prior to such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance, subject to adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article XII (and assuming such holder of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities failed to exercise his rights of election, if any, as to the kind or amount of securities, cash or other property (including cash) receivable upon such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance (provided that, if the kind or amount of securities, cash or other property (including cash) receivable upon such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance is not the same for each nonelecting share, then the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property (including cash) receivable upon such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance for each nonelecting share, shall be deemed to be the kind and amount so receivable per share by a plurality of the nonelecting shares or securities)). The Company shall not enter into any of the transactions referred to in clause (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence unless effective provision shall be made so as to give effect to the provisions set forth in this

65


 

Section 12.04. The provisions of this Section 12.04 shall apply similarly to successive consolidations, mergers, sales or conveyances.
          SECTION 12.05 Notice of Adjustment. Whenever an adjustment in the Conversion Price with respect to a series of Securities is required:
          (1) the Company shall forthwith place on file with the Trustee and any Conversion Agent for such Securities a certificate of the Treasurer of the Company, stating the adjusted Conversion Price determined as provided herein and setting forth in reasonable detail such facts as shall be necessary to show the reason for and the manner of computing such adjustment, such certificate to be conclusive evidence that the adjustment is correct; and
          (2) a notice stating that the Conversion Price has been adjusted and setting forth the adjusted Conversion Price shall forthwith be mailed, first class postage prepaid, by the Company to the Holders of record of such Outstanding Securities.
          SECTION 12.06 Notice in Certain Events. In case:
          (1) of a consolidation or merger to which the Company is a party and for which approval of any stockholders of the Company is required, or of the sale or conveyance to another person or entity or group of persons or entities acting in concert as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company; or
          (2) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company; or
          (3) of any action triggering an adjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Article XII;
then, in each case, the Company shall cause to be filed with the Trustee and the Agent for the applicable Securities, and shall cause to be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to the Holders of record of applicable Securities, at least 15 days prior to the applicable date hereinafter specified, a notice stating (x) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of any distribution or grant of rights or warrants triggering an adjustment to the Conversion Price pursuant to this Article XII, or, if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of record of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities entitled to such distribution, rights or warrants are to be determined, or (y) the date on which any reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, dissolution, liquidation or winding up triggering an adjustment to the Conversion Price pursuant to this Article XII is expected to become effective, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities of record shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock or other Marketable Securities for securities or other property deliverable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.
          Failure to give such notice or any defect therein shall not affect the legality or validity of the proceedings described in clause (1), (2) or (3) of this Section.

66


 

          SECTION 12.07 Company to Reserve Stock or other Marketable Securities; Registration; Listing. (a) The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available, free from preemptive rights, out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Securities, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock or number or principal amount of other Marketable Securities as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all applicable outstanding Securities into such Common Stock or other Marketable Securities at any time (assuming that, at the time of the computation of such number of shares or securities, all such Securities would be held by a single Holder); provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall preclude the Company from satisfying its obligations in respect of the conversion of the Securities by delivery of purchased shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities which are held in the treasury of the Company. The Company shall from time to time, in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, use its best efforts to cause the authorized amount of the Common Stock or other Marketable Securities to be increased if the aggregate of the authorized amount of the Common Stock or other Marketable Securities remaining unissued and the issued shares of such Common Stock or other Marketable Securities in its treasury (other than any such shares reserved for issuance in any other connection) shall not be sufficient to permit the conversion of all Securities.
          (b) If any shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities which would be issuable upon conversion of Securities hereunder require registration with or approval of any governmental authority before such shares or securities may be issued upon such conversion, the Company will in good faith and as expeditiously as possible endeavor to cause such shares or securities to be duly registered or approved, as the case may be. The Company will endeavor to list the shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities required to be delivered upon conversion of the Securities prior to such delivery upon the principal national securities exchange upon which the outstanding Common Stock or other Marketable Securities is listed at the time of such delivery.
          SECTION 12.08 Taxes on Conversion. The Company shall pay any and all documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes that may be payable in respect of the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities on conversion of Securities pursuant hereto. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any such tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities or the portion, if any, of the Securities which are not so converted in a name other than that in which the Securities so converted were registered, and no such issue or delivery shall be made unless and until the person requesting such issue has paid to the Company the amount of such tax or has established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid.
          SECTION 12.09 Conversion After Record Date. If any Securities are surrendered for conversion subsequent to the record date preceding an Interest Payment Date but on or prior to such Interest Payment Date (except Securities called for redemption on a Redemption Date between such record date and Interest Payment Date), the Holder of such Securities at the close of business on such record date shall be entitled to receive the interest payable on such securities on such Interest Payment Date notwithstanding the conversion thereof. Securities surrendered for conversion during the period from the close of business on any record date next preceding any Interest Payment Date to the opening of business on such Interest Payment Date shall (except in the case of Securities which have been called for redemption on a Redemption Date within such period) be accompanied by payment in New York Clearing House funds or other funds acceptable to the Company of an amount equal to the interest payable on

67


 

such Interest Payment Date on the Securities being surrendered for conversion. Except as provided in this Section 12.09, no adjustments in respect of payments of interest on Securities surrendered for conversion or any dividends or distributions or interest on the Common Stock or other Marketable Securities issued upon conversion shall be made upon the conversion of any Securities.
          SECTION 12.10 Corporate Action Regarding Par Value of Common Stock. Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the applicable Conversion Price below the then par value (if any) of the shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities deliverable upon conversion of the Securities, the Company will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities at such adjusted Conversion Price.
          SECTION 12.11 Company Determination Final. Any determination that the Company or the Board of Directors must make pursuant to this Article is conclusive.
          SECTION 12.12 Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee has no duty to determine when an adjustment under this Article should be made, how it should be made or what it should be. The Trustee has no duty to determine whether any supplemental indenture need be entered into or whether any provisions of any supplemental indenture are correct. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or value of any securities or assets issued upon conversion of Securities. The Trustee shall not be responsible for the Company’s failure to comply with this Article. Each Conversion Agent other than the Company shall have the same protection under this Section as the Trustee.
ARTICLE XIII
Guarantees
          SECTION 13.01 Guarantees. (a) Historic TW, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, will fully, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee, to each Holder of Securities (including each Holder of Securities issued under the Indenture after the date of this Indenture) and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns (i) the full and punctual payment of principal of and interest on the Securities when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, and all other monetary obligations of the Company under this Indenture (including obligations to the Trustee) and the Securities and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Securities.
          (b) Each of TBS and HBO, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, will fully, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee, to each Holder of Securities (including each Holder of Securities issued under the Indenture after the date of this Indenture) and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns (i) the full and punctual payment of all monies due under the Guarantee of Historic TW, and all other monetary obligations of Historic TW under this Indenture (including obligations to the Trustee) and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of Historic TW under this Indenture and its Guarantee.

68


 

          (c) Each of the Guarantors further agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional irrespective of the absence or existence of any action to enforce the same, the recovery of any judgment against the Company or any other Guarantor (except to the extent such judgment is paid) or any waiver or amendment of the provisions of this Indenture or the Securities to the extent that any such action or any similar action would otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor (except that each such waiver or amendment shall be effective in accordance with its terms).
          (d) Each of the Guarantors further agrees that each Guarantee constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance and not merely of collection.
          (e) Each of the Guarantors further agrees to waive presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to the Company or any other Person, and also waives diligence, notice of acceptance of its Guarantee, presentment, demand for payment, notice of protest for nonpayment, the filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the Company or any other Person and any right to require a proceeding first against the Company or any other Person. The obligations of the Guarantors shall not be affected by any failure or policy on the part of the Trustee to exercise any right or remedy under this Indenture or the Securities of any series.
          (f) The obligation of each Guarantor to make any payment hereunder may be satisfied by causing the Company or any other Person to make such payment. If any Holder of any Security or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company or any Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to any of the Company or any Guarantor, any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, the Guarantee of such Guarantor, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.
          (g) Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder of Securities in enforcing any of their respective rights under its Guarantees.
          (h) Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, each Guarantor will be automatically released from its obligations under its Guarantee upon receipt by the Trustee of a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Company certifying that such Guarantor has no outstanding Indebtedness For Borrowed Money as of the date of such certificate, other than any other guarantee of Indebtedness For Borrowed Money that will be released concurrently with the release of such Guarantee.
          (i) Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of each of the Guarantees shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by the relevant Guarantor without rendering the relevant Guarantee under this Indenture voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.
[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

69


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.
         
  TIME WARNER INC.,
 
 
  by:   /s/ Edward B. Ruggiero    
    Name:   Edward B. Ruggiero   
    Title:   Senior Vice President and Treasurer   
 
  HISTORIC TW INC.,
 
 
  by:   /s/ Edward B. Ruggiero    
    Name:   Edward B. Ruggiero   
    Title:   Senior Vice President and Treasurer   
 
  HOME BOX OFFICE, INC.,
 
 
  by:   /s/ Edward B. Ruggiero    
    Name:   Edward B. Ruggiero   
    Title:   Senior Vice President and Assistant Treasurer   
 
  TURNER BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.,
 
 
  by:   /s/ Edward B. Ruggiero    
    Name:   Edward B. Ruggiero   
    Title:   Senior Vice President and Assistant Treasurer   
 

70


 

         
  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, as Trustee.
 
 
  by:   /s/ Timothy W. Casey    
    Name:   Timothy W. Casey   
    Title:   Senior Associate   
 

71

Exhibit 10.1
          AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) made April 29, 2010 effective as of January 1, 2010 (the “Effective Date”), between TIME WARNER INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and John Martin (“You”).
          You are currently employed by the Company pursuant to an Amended and Restated Employment Agreement made December 19, 2008, effective as of December 1, 2008, which amended and superseded an agreement made December 20, 2007, effective as of January 1, 2008 (the ”Initial Effective Date”) (the “Prior Agreements”). The Company wishes to amend and restate the terms of your employment with the Company and to secure your services on a full-time basis for the period to and including December 31, 2013 on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and you are willing to provide such services on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. You and the Company therefore agree as follows:
          1.  Term of Employment . Your “term of employment” as this phrase is used throughout this Agreement shall be for the period beginning on the Initial Effective Date and ending on December 31, 2013 (the “Term Date”), subject, however, to earlier termination as set forth in this Agreement.
          2.  Employment . During the term of employment, you shall serve as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company or in such other senior position as the Company may determine and you shall have the authority, functions, duties, powers and responsibilities normally associated with such position and such additional authority, functions, duties, powers and responsibilities as may be assigned to you from time to time by the Company consistent with your senior position with the Company. During the term of employment, (i) your services shall be rendered on a substantially full-time, exclusive basis and you will apply on a full-time basis all of your skill and experience to the performance of your duties, (ii) you shall have no other employment and, without the prior written consent of your manager or other more senior officer of the Company in your reporting line, no outside business activities which require the devotion of substantial amounts of your time, (iii) you shall report to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and (iv) the place for the performance of your services shall be the principal executive offices of the Company in the New York City metropolitan area, subject to such reasonable travel as may be required in the performance of your

 


 

duties. The foregoing shall be subject to the Company’s written policies, as in effect from time to time, regarding vacations, holidays, illness and the like.
          3.  Compensation .
               3.1 Base Salary . The Company shall pay you a base salary at the rate of not less than $1,500,000 per annum beginning from the Effective Date and continuing for the rest of the term of employment (“Base Salary”). The Company shall make a payment promptly following the execution of this Agreement of the difference between the former salary and the increased salary for the period from the Effective Date to the date of execution. The Company may increase, but not decrease without your consent, your Base Salary during remainder of the term of employment. Base Salary shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll practices.
               3.2 Bonus . In addition to Base Salary, you may be entitled to receive during the term of employment an annual cash bonus (“Bonus”) subject to and pursuant to the Company’s Annual Incentive Plan for Executive Officers (such plan, together with any successor plan of Company intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), being hereinafter referred to as the “Annual Bonus Plan”). Although your Bonus is fully discretionary, beginning with the Effective Date, your target annual Bonus is $3,750,000, but the parties acknowledge that your actual Bonus will vary depending on the actual performance of you and the Company from a minimum of $0 and up to a maximum Bonus of $5,625,000 or some other greater amount as determined by the Compensation and Human Development Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Compensation Committee”). Each year, your personal performance will be considered in the context of your executive duties and any individual goals set for you, and your actual Bonus will be determined. Although as a general matter the Company expects to pay bonuses at the target level in cases of satisfactory individual performance, it does not commit to do so, and your Bonus may be negatively affected by the exercise of the Compensation Committee’s discretion or by overall Company performance. Payments of any bonus compensation under this Section 3.2 shall be paid to you between January 1 and March 15 of the calendar year immediately following the performance year in respect of which such Bonus is earned.
               3.3 Long Term Incentive Compensation . So long as the term of employment has not terminated the Company annually shall provide you with long term

2


 

incentive compensation. Beginning in 2011 the target value of the annual long term compensation award will be $3,250,000 (based on the valuation method used by the Company for its senior executives) through a combination of stock option grants, restricted stock units, performance shares,other equity-based awards, cash-based long-term plans or other components as may be determined by the Compensation and Human Development Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors from time to time in its sole discretion.
               3.4 Indemnification . You shall be entitled throughout the term of employment (and after the end of the term of employment, to the extent relating to service during the term of employment) to the benefit of the indemnification provisions contained on the date hereof in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of the Company (not including any amendments or additions after the date hereof that limit or narrow, but including any that add to or broaden, the protection afforded to you by those provisions).
               3.5 Signing Equity Grant . In accordance with Section 3.5 of the Prior Agreements, on January 2, 2008, you were awarded options to purchase 39,141 shares of Time Warner common stock and 31,682 restricted stock units (the “Make-Whole RSUs” and, together with the stock options, the “Make-Whole Awards”), reflecting the adjustments made to such Make-Whole Awards in connection with the separations of Time Warner Cable Inc. and AOL Inc. in 2009 and the 1-for-3 reverse stock split that became effective March 27, 2009. The Make-Whole Awards were intended to have a combined valuation of approximately $1,550,000 based on calculations as of October 31, 2007, and were granted to replace equity awards granted by Time Warner Cable Inc. and amounts you expected to receive pursuant to a cash long-term incentive plan maintained by Time Warner Cable Inc. You irrevocably agreed to cancel all outstanding stock options, restricted stock units or other awards based on any class of common stock of Time Warner Cable Inc. granted to you by Time Warner Cable Inc. effective January 1, 2008. The Make-Whole Awards are reflected in award agreements entered into between you and the Company, with the standard form of restricted stock units agreement modified to provide that the Make-Whole RSUs will have accelerated vesting on a pro-rated based on the Severance Term Date in the event of a termination of employment pursuant to Section 4.2.
     4.  Termination .

3


 

               4.1 Termination for Cause . The Company may terminate the term of employment and all of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement, other than its obligations set forth below in this Section 4.1, for “cause”. Termination by the Company for “cause” shall mean termination because of your (a) conviction (treating a nolo contendere plea as a conviction) of a felony (whether or not any right to appeal has been or may be exercised), (b) willful failure or refusal without proper cause to perform your duties with the Company, including your obligations under this Agreement (other than any such failure resulting from your incapacity due to physical or mental impairment), (c) misappropriation, embezzlement or reckless or willful destruction of Company property, (d) breach of any statutory or common law duty of loyalty to the Company, (e) intentional and improper conduct materially prejudicial to the business of the Company or any of its affiliates, or (f) breach of any of the covenants provided for in Section 8 hereof. Such termination shall be effected by written notice thereof delivered by the Company to you and shall be effective as of the date of such notice; provided, however, that if (i) such termination is because of your willful failure or refusal without proper cause to perform any one or more of your obligations under this Agreement, (ii) such notice is the first such notice of termination for any reason delivered by the Company to you under this Section 4.1, and (iii) within 15 days following the date of such notice you shall cease your refusal and shall use your best efforts to perform such obligations, the termination shall not be effective.
               In the event of termination by the Company for cause, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies that the Company may have at law or in equity, the Company shall have no further obligation to you other than (i) to pay Base Salary through the effective date of the termination of employment (the “Effective Termination Date”), (ii) to pay any Bonus for any year prior to the year in which such termination occurs that has been determined but not yet paid as of the Effective Termination Date, and (iii) with respect to any rights you have pursuant to any insurance or other benefit plans or arrangements of the Company. You hereby disclaim any right to receive a pro rata portion of any Bonus with respect to the year in which such termination occurs.
               4.2 Termination by You for Material Breach by the Company and Termination by the Company Without Cause . Unless previously terminated pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement and unless a Disability Period shall be in effect, you shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to the Company, to terminate the term of employment under this Agreement with an Effective Termination Date 30 days after the

4


 

giving of such notice, if, at the time of the giving of such notice, the Company is in material breach of its obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that, with the exception of clause (i) below, this Agreement shall not so terminate if such notice is the first such notice of termination delivered by you pursuant to this Section 4.2 and within such 30-day period the Company shall have cured all such material breaches; and provided further, that such notice is provided to the Company within 90 days after the occurrence of such material breach. A material breach by the Company shall include, but not be limited to, (i) the Company violating Section 2 with respect to authority, reporting lines, duties, or place of employment or (ii) the Company failing to cause any successor to all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Company expressly to assume the obligations of the Company under this Agreement.
               The Company shall have the right, exercisable by written notice to you delivered before the date which is 60 days prior to the Term Date, to terminate your employment under this Agreement without cause, which notice shall specify the Effective Termination Date. If such notice is delivered on or after the date which is 60 days prior to the Term Date, the provisions of Section 4.3 shall apply.
                    4.2.1 In the event of a termination of employment pursuant to this Section 4.2 (a “termination without cause”), you shall receive Base Salary and a pro rata portion of your Average Annual Bonus (as defined below) through the Effective Termination Date. Your Average Annual Bonus shall be equal to the average of the regular annual bonus amounts (excluding the amount of any special or spot bonuses) in respect of the two calendar years during the most recent three calendar years for which the annual bonus received by you from the Company was the greatest. Your pro rata Average Annual Bonus pursuant to this Section 4.2.1 shall be paid to you at the times set forth in Section 4.6.
                    4.2.2 After the Effective Termination Date, you shall continue to be treated as an employee of the Company for a period ending on the date which is twenty-four months after the Effective Termination Date (the “Severance Term Date”) and during such period you shall be entitled to receive, whether or not you become disabled during such period but subject to Section 6, (a) Base Salary (on the Company’s normal payroll payment dates as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Termination Date) at an annual rate equal to your Base Salary in effect immediately prior to the notice of termination, and (b) an annual Bonus in respect of each calendar year or portion thereof

5


 

(in which case a pro rata portion of such Bonus will be payable) during such period equal to your Average Annual Bonus. Except as provided in the next sentence, if you accept other full-time employment during such period or notify the Company in writing of your intention to terminate your status of being treated as an employee during such period, you shall cease to be treated as an employee of the Company for purposes of your rights to receive certain post-termination benefits under Section 7.2 effective upon the commencement of such other employment or the effective date of such termination as specified by you in such notice, whichever is applicable (the “Equity Cessation Date”), and you shall receive the remaining payments of Base Salary and Bonus pursuant to this Section 4.2.2 at the times specified in Section 4.6 of the Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if you accept employment with any not-for-profit entity or governmental entity, then you may continue to be treated as an employee of the Company for purposes of your rights to receive certain post-termination benefits pursuant to Section 7.2 and you will continue to receive the payments as provided in the first sentence of this Section 4.2.2; and if you accept full-time employment with any affiliate of the Company, then the payments provided for in this Section 4.2.2 shall immediately cease and you shall not be entitled to any further payments. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “affiliate” shall mean any entity which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company.
               4.3 After the Term Date . If at the Term Date, the term of employment shall not have been previously terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, no Disability Period is then in effect and the parties shall not have agreed to an extension or renewal of this Agreement or on the terms of a new employment agreement, then the term of employment shall continue on a month-to-month basis and you shall continue to be employed by the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, subject to termination by either party hereto on 60 days written notice delivered to the other party (which notice may be delivered by either party at any time on or after the date which is 60 days prior to the Term Date). If the Company shall terminate the term of employment on or after the Term Date for any reason (other than for cause as defined in Section 4.1, in which case Section 4.1 shall apply), which the Company shall have the right to do so long as no Disability Date (as defined in Section 5) has occurred prior to the delivery by the Company of written notice of termination, then such termination shall be deemed for all purposes of this Agreement to be a “termination without cause” under Section 4.2 and the provisions of Sections 4.2.1 and 4.2.2 shall apply.

6


 

               4.4 Release . A condition precedent to the Company’s obligation to make or continue the payments associated with a termination without cause shall be your execution and delivery of a release in the form attached hereto as Annex A, as such form may be updated by the Company as required by law, within 60 days following your Effective Termination Date . If you shall fail to timely execute and deliver such release, or if you revoke such release as provided therein, then in lieu of continuing to receive the payments provided for herein, you shall receive a severance payment determined in accordance with the Company’s policies relating to notice and severance reduced by the aggregate amount of severance payments paid pursuant to this Agreement, if any, prior to the date of your refusal to deliver, or revocation of, such release. Any such severance payments shall be paid in the form of Base Salary continuation payments at the annual rate equal to your Base Salary in effect immediately prior to your notice of termination, with such amounts paid until your severance benefit has been exhausted.
               4.5 Mitigation . In the event of a termination without cause under this Agreement, you shall not be required to take actions in order to mitigate your damages hereunder, unless Section 280G of the Code would apply to any payments to you by the Company and your failure to mitigate would result in the Company losing tax deductions to which it would otherwise have been entitled. In such an event, Section 4.7.1 shall govern. With respect to the preceding sentences, any payments or rights to which you are entitled by reason of the termination of employment without cause shall be considered as damages hereunder. Any obligation to mitigate your damages pursuant to this Section 4.5 shall not be a defense or offset to the Company’s obligation to pay you in full the amounts provided in this Agreement upon the occurrence of a termination without cause, at the time provided herein, or the timely and full performance of any of the Company’s other obligations under this Agreement.
               4.6 Payments . Payments of Base Salary and Bonus required to be made to you after any termination shall be made at the same times as such payments otherwise would have been paid to you pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2 if you had not been terminated, subject to Section 11.17.
               4.7 Limitation on Certain Payments . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement:
                    4.7.1. In the event that part or all of the consideration,

7


 

compensation or benefits to be paid to you under this Agreement would constitute “parachute payments” under Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code, then, if the aggregate present value of such parachute payments, singularly or together with the aggregate present value of any consideration, compensation or benefits to be paid to you under any other plan, arrangement or agreement which constitute “parachute payments” (collectively, the “Parachute Amount”) exceeds 2.99 times your “base amount”, as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code (the “Base Amount”), the amounts constituting “parachute payments” which would otherwise be payable to you or for your benefit shall be reduced to the extent necessary so that the Parachute Amount is equal to 2.99 times the Base Amount (the “Reduced Amount”); provided that such amounts shall not be so reduced without such reduction you would be entitled to receive and retain, on a net after tax basis (including, without limitation, any excise taxes payable under Section 4999 of the Code), an amount which is greater than the amount, on a net after tax basis, that you would be entitled to retain upon receipt of the Reduced Amount.
                    4.7.2. If the determination made pursuant to Section 4.7.1 results in a reduction of the payments that would otherwise be paid to you except for the application of Section 4.7.1, such reduction in payments shall be first applied to reduce any cash severance payments that you would otherwise be entitled to receive hereunder and shall thereafter be applied to reduce other payments and benefits in a manner that would not result in subjecting you to additional taxation under Section 409A of the Code, unless you elect to have the reduction in payments applied in a different order. Within ten days following such determination, the Company shall pay or distribute to you or for your benefit such amounts as are then due to you under this Agreement and shall promptly pay or distribute to you or for your benefit in the future such amounts as become due to you under this Agreement.
                    4.7.3. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code at the time of a determination hereunder, it is possible that payments will be made by the Company that should not have been made under Section 4.7.1 (an “Overpayment”). In the event that there is a final determination by the Internal Revenue Service, or a final determination by a court of competent jurisdiction, that an Overpayment has been made, the Company shall have no further liability or obligation to you for any excise taxes, interest or penalty that you are required to pay as a result of such final determination.

8


 

          5. Disability .
               5.1 Disability Payments . If during the term of employment and prior to the delivery of any notice of termination without cause, you become physically or mentally disabled, whether totally or partially, so that you are prevented from performing your usual duties for a period of six consecutive months, or for shorter periods aggregating six months in any twelve-month period, the Company shall, nevertheless, continue to pay your full compensation through the last day of the sixth consecutive month of disability or the date on which the shorter periods of disability shall have equaled a total of six months in any twelve-month period (such last day or date being referred to herein as the “Disability Date”), subject to Section 11.17. If you have not resumed your usual duties on or prior to the Disability Date, the Company shall pay you a pro rata Bonus (based on your Average Annual Bonus) for the year in which the Disability Date occurs and thereafter shall pay you disability benefits for the period ending on the later of (i) the Term Date or (ii) the date which is twelve months after the Disability Date (in the case of either (i) or (ii), the “Disability Period”), in an annual amount equal to 75% of (a) your Base Salary at the time you become disabled and (b) the Average Annual Bonus, in each case, subject to Section 11.17.
               5.2 Recovery from Disability . If during the Disability Period you shall fully recover from your disability, the Company shall have the right (exercisable within 60 days after notice from you of such recovery), but not the obligation, to restore you to full-time service at full compensation. If the Company elects to restore you to full-time service, then this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in all respects and the Term Date shall not be extended by virtue of the occurrence of the Disability Period. If the Company elects not to restore you to full-time service, you shall be entitled to obtain other employment, subject, however, to the following: (i) you shall perform advisory services during any balance of the Disability Period; and (ii) you shall comply with the provisions of Sections 8 and 9 during the Disability Period. The advisory services referred to in clause (i) of the immediately preceding sentence shall consist of rendering advice concerning the business, affairs and management of the Company as requested by the Chief Executive Officer or other more senior officer of the Company but you shall not be required to devote more than five days (up to eight hours per day) each month to such services, which shall be performed at a time and place mutually convenient to both parties. Any income from such other employment shall not be applied to reduce the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.

9


 

               5.3 Other Disability Provisions . The Company shall be entitled to deduct from all payments to be made to you during the Disability Period pursuant to this Section 5 an amount equal to all disability payments received by you during the Disability Period from Worker’s Compensation, Social Security and disability insurance policies maintained by the Company; provided, however, that for so long as, and to the extent that, proceeds paid to you from such disability insurance policies are not includible in your income for federal income tax purposes, the Company’s deduction with respect to such payments shall be equal to the product of (i) such payments and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one less the maximum marginal rate of federal income taxes applicable to individuals at the time of receipt of such payments. All payments made under this Section 5 after the Disability Date are intended to be disability payments, regardless of the manner in which they are computed. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5, the term of employment shall continue during the Disability Period and you shall be entitled to all of the rights and benefits provided for in this Agreement, except that Sections 4.2 and 4.3 shall not apply during the Disability Period, and unless the Company has restored you to full-time service at full compensation prior to the end of the Disability Period, the term of employment shall end and you shall cease to be an employee of the Company at the end of the Disability Period and shall not be entitled to notice and severance or to receive or be paid for any accrued vacation time or unused sabbatical.
          6. Death . If you die during the term of employment, this Agreement and all obligations of the Company to make any payments hereunder shall terminate except that your estate (or a designated beneficiary) shall be entitled to receive Base Salary to the last day of the month in which your death occurs and Bonus compensation (at the time bonuses are normally paid) based on the Average Annual Bonus, but prorated according to the number of whole or partial months you were employed by the Company in such calendar year.
          7. Other Benefits .
               7.1 General Availability . To the extent that (a) you are eligible under the general provisions thereof (including without limitation, any plan provision providing for participation to be limited to persons who were employees of the Company or certain of its subsidiaries prior to a specific point in time) and (b) the Company

10


 

maintains such plan or program for the benefit of its executives, during the term of your employment with the Company, you shall be eligible to participate in any savings plan, or similar plan or program and in any group life insurance, hospitalization, medical, dental, accident, disability or similar plan or program of the Company now existing or established hereafter.
               7.2 Benefits After a Termination or Disability . After the Effective Termination Date of employment pursuant to Section 4.2 and prior to the Severance Term Date or during the Disability Period, you shall continue to be treated as an employee of the Company for purposes of eligibility to participate in the Company’s health and welfare benefit plans other than disability programs and to receive the health and welfare benefits (other than disability programs) required to be provided to you under this Agreement to the extent such health and welfare benefits are maintained in effect by the Company for its executives. After the Effective Termination Date of a termination of employment pursuant to Section 4 or during a Disability Period, you shall not be entitled to any additional awards or grants under any stock option, restricted stock or other stock-based incentive plan and you shall not be entitled to continue elective deferrals in or accrue additional benefits under any qualified or nonqualified retirement programs maintained by the Company. At the Severance Term Date your rights to benefits and payments under any health and welfare benefit plans or any insurance or other death benefit plans or arrangements of the Company shall be determined in accordance with the terms and provisions of such plans. At the Severance Term Date or, if earlier, the Equity Cessation Date, your rights to benefits and payments under any stock option, restricted stock, stock appreciation right, bonus unit, management incentive or other long-term incentive plan of the Company shall be determined in accordance with the terms and provisions of such plans and any agreements under which such stock options, restricted stock or other awards were granted. However, consistent with the terms of the employment agreement dated as of February 13, 2002 between the Company and you (which terms were carried forward to the employment agreement between you and Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. and to the Prior Agreements), notwithstanding the foregoing or any more restrictive provisions of any such plan or agreement, if your employment with the Company is terminated as a result of a termination pursuant to Section 4.2, then, (i) all stock options to purchase shares of Time Warner Common Stock shall continue to vest, and any such vested stock options shall remain exercisable (but not beyond the term of such options), through the earlier of the Severance Term Date or the Equity Cessation Date; (ii) except if you shall then qualify for retirement under the terms of the applicable stock option

11


 

agreement and would receive more favorable treatment under the terms of the stock option agreement, (x) all stock options to purchase shares of Time Warner Common Stock granted to you on or after February 1, 2002 (the “Term Options”) that would have vested on or before the Severance Term Date (or the comparable date under any employment agreement that amends, replaces or supersedes this Agreement) shall vest and become immediately exercisable upon the earlier of the Severance Term Date or the Equity Cessation Date, and (y) all your vested Term Options shall remain exercisable for a period of three years after the earlier of the Severance Term Date or the Equity Cessation Date (but not beyond the term of such stock options); and (iii) the Company shall not be permitted to determine that your employment was terminated for “unsatisfactory performance” within the meaning of any stock option agreement between you and the Company. With respect to awards of restricted stock units for Time Warner Common Stock (“RSUs”) held at the Effective Termination Date of a termination of employment pursuant to Section 4.2, subject to potential further delay in payment pursuant to Section 11.17, (i) if you are eligible for retirement treatment at the Effective Termination Date, then for all awards of RSUs that contain special accelerated vesting upon retirement, the vesting of the RSUs will accelerate upon, and the shares of Time Warner Common Stock will be paid to you promptly following, the Effective Termination Date; and (ii) if you are not eligible for retirement treatment at the Effective Termination Date, then the treatment of the RSUs (other than the Make-Whole RSU grant made pursuant to Section 3.5) will be determined at the earlier of the Severance Term Date or the Equity Cessation Date in accordance with the terms of the applicable award agreement(s), but the shares of Time Warner Common Stock underlying any vested RSUs will not be paid to you until promptly following the next regular vesting date(s) for such award(s) of RSUs. With respect to the Make-Whole RSUs, if there is a termination of employment pursuant to Section 4.2 at a time when you are not eligible for retirement treatment, then, subject to potential further delay in payment pursuant to Section 11.17, a pro-rated portion of the Make-Whole RSU, representing the number of RSUs that would vest through the Severance Term Date, shall vest and be paid to you promptly following the Effective Termination Date.
               7.3 Payments in Lieu of Other Benefits . In the event the term of employment and your employment with the Company is terminated pursuant to any section of this Agreement, you shall not be entitled to notice and severance under the Company’s general employee policies or to be paid for any accrued vacation time or unused sabbatical, the payments provided for in such sections being in lieu thereof.

12


 

               7.4 Life Insurance . During your employment with the Company, the Company shall (i) provide you with $50,000 of group life insurance and (ii) pay you annually an amount equal to two times the premium the Company determines an employee would have to pay to obtain life insurance under a standard group universal life insurance program in an amount equal to $3,000,000. The Company shall pay you such amount no later than March 15 of the calendar year following any calendar year in which you are entitled to this amount. You shall be under no obligation to use the payments made by the Company pursuant to the preceding sentence to purchase any additional life insurance. The payments made to you hereunder shall not be considered as “salary” or “compensation” or “bonus” in determining the amount of any payment under any pension, retirement, profit-sharing or other benefit plan of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company.
               8.  Protection of Confidential Information; Non-Compete .
                    8.1 Confidentiality Covenant . You acknowledge that your employment by the Company (which, for purposes of this Section 8 shall mean Time Warner Inc. and its affiliates) will, throughout the term of employment, bring you into close contact with many confidential affairs of the Company, including information about costs, profits, markets, sales, products, key personnel, pricing policies, operational methods, technical processes and other business affairs and methods and other information not readily available to the public, and plans for future development. You further acknowledge that the services to be performed under this Agreement are of a special, unique, unusual, extraordinary and intellectual character. You further acknowledge that the business of the Company is international in scope, that its products and services are marketed throughout the world, that the Company competes in nearly all of its business activities with other entities that are or could be located in nearly any part of the world and that the nature of your services, position and expertise are such that you are capable of competing with the Company from nearly any location in the world. In recognition of the foregoing, you covenant and agree:

13


 

                    8.1.1 You shall keep secret all confidential matters of the Company and shall not disclose such matters to anyone outside of the Company, or to anyone inside the Company who does not have a need to know or use such information, and shall not use such information for personal benefit or the benefit of a third party, either during or after the term of employment, except with the Company’s written consent, provided that (i) you shall have no such obligation to the extent such matters are or become publicly known other than as a result of your breach of your obligations hereunder and (ii) you may, after giving prior notice to the Company to the extent practicable under the circumstances, disclose such matters to the extent required by applicable laws or governmental regulations or judicial or regulatory process;
                    8.1.2 You shall deliver promptly to the Company on termination of your employment, or at any other time the Company may so request, all memoranda, notes, records, reports and other documents (and all copies thereof) relating to the Company’s business, which you obtained while employed by, or otherwise serving or acting on behalf of, the Company and which you may then possess or have under your control; and
                    8.1.3 If the term of employment is terminated pursuant to Section 4, for a period of one year after the Effective Termination Date, without the prior written consent of the Company, you shall not employ, and shall not cause any entity of which you are an affiliate to employ, any person who was a full-time employee of the Company at the date of such termination or within six months prior thereto but such prohibition shall not apply to your secretary or executive assistant or to any other employee eligible to receive overtime pay.
          8.2 Non-Compete . During the term of employment and for a period of twelve months after (i) the effective date of your retirement or other voluntary termination of employment or (ii) the Effective Termination Date of a termination of employment pursuant to Section 4, you shall not, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, render any services to, or act in any capacity for, any Competitive Entity, or acquire any interest of any type in any Competitive Entity; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be deemed to prohibit you from acquiring, (a) solely as an investment and through market purchases, securities of any Competitive Entity which are registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and which are publicly traded, so long as you are not part of any

14


 

control group of such Competitive Entity and such securities, including converted securities, do not constitute more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding voting power of that entity and (b) securities of any Competitive Entity that are not publicly traded, so long as you are not part of any control group of such Competitive Entity and such securities, including converted securities, do not constitute more than three percent (3%) of the outstanding voting power of that entity. For purposes of the foregoing, the following shall be deemed to be a Competitive Entity: (x) during the period that you are actively employed with the Company, during the Disability Period, or prior to the Effective Termination Date in the event your employment is terminated pursuant to Section 4, any person or entity that engages in any line of business that is substantially the same as either (i) any line of business which the Company engages in, conducts or, to your knowledge, has definitive plans to engage in or conduct or (ii) any operating business that is engaged in or conducted by the Company as to which, to your knowledge, the Company covenants, in writing, not to compete with in connection with the disposition of such business, and (y) after the Disability Period, the Effective Termination Date in the event of a termination of your term of employment pursuant to Section 4 or the effective date of your retirement or other voluntary termination of employment, any of the following: CBS Corporation, The Walt Disney Company, General Electric Corporation, Google Inc., Microsoft Corporation, The News Corporation Ltd., Sony Corporation, and Viacom Inc., and their respective subsidiaries and affiliates and any successor to the media or entertainment businesses thereof.
          9. Ownership of Work Product . You acknowledge that during the term of employment, you may conceive of, discover, invent or create inventions, improvements, new contributions, literary property, material, ideas and discoveries, whether patentable or copyrightable or not (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to herein as “Work Product”), and that various business opportunities shall be presented to you by reason of your employment by the Company. You acknowledge that all of the foregoing shall be owned by and belong exclusively to the Company and that you shall have no personal interest therein, provided that they are either related in any manner to the business (commercial or experimental) of the Company, or are, in the case of Work Product, conceived or made on the Company’s time or with the use of the Company’s facilities or materials, or, in the case of business opportunities, are presented to you for the possible interest or participation of the Company. You shall (i) promptly disclose any such Work Product and business opportunities to the Company; (ii) assign to the Company, upon request and without additional compensation, the entire rights to such Work Product and

15


 

business opportunities; (iii) sign all papers necessary to carry out the foregoing; and (iv) give testimony in support of your inventorship or creation in any appropriate case. You agree that you will not assert any rights to any Work Product or business opportunity as having been made or acquired by you prior to the date of this Agreement except for Work Product or business opportunities, if any, disclosed to and acknowledged by the Company in writing prior to the date hereof.
          10. Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be effective only if given in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or sent by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service, or mailed first-class, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail, as follows (or to such other or additional address as either party shall designate by notice in writing to the other in accordance herewith):
               10.1 If to the Company:
Time Warner Inc.
One Time Warner Center
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Senior Vice President — Global
Compensation and Benefits
(with a copy, similarly addressed
but Attention: General Counsel)
               10.2 If to you, to your residence address set forth on the records of the Company.
          11. General .
               11.1 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely in New York.
               11.2 Captions . The section headings contained herein are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

16


 

               11.3 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including Annexes A and B, set forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings, written or oral, between the parties.
               11.4 No Other Representations . No representation, promise or inducement has been made by either party that is not embodied in this Agreement, and neither party shall be bound by or be liable for any alleged representation, promise or inducement not so set forth.
               11.5 Assignability . This Agreement and your rights and obligations hereunder may not be assigned by you and except as specifically contemplated in this Agreement, neither you, your legal representative nor any beneficiary designated by you shall have any right, without the prior written consent of the Company, to assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, anticipate or commute to any person or entity any payment due in the future pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, and any attempt to do so shall be void and shall not be recognized by the Company. The Company shall assign its rights together with its obligations hereunder in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s business and assets, whether by merger, purchase of stock or assets or otherwise, as the case may be. Upon any such assignment, the Company shall cause any such successor expressly to assume such obligations, and such rights and obligations shall inure to and be binding upon any such successor.
               11.6 Amendments; Waivers . This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, cancelled, renewed or extended and the terms or covenants hereof may be waived only by written instrument executed by both of the parties hereto, or in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. The failure of either party at any time or times to require performance of any provision hereof shall in no manner affect such party’s right at a later time to enforce the same. No waiver by either party of the breach of any term or covenant contained in this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such breach, or a waiver of the breach of any other term or covenant contained in this Agreement.
               11.7 Specific Remedy . In addition to such other rights and remedies as the Company may have at equity or in law with respect to any breach of this

17


 

Agreement, if you commit a material breach of any of the provisions of Sections 8.1, 8.2, or 9, the Company shall have the right and remedy to have such provisions specifically enforced by any court having equity jurisdiction, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach or threatened breach will cause irreparable injury to the Company.
               11.8 Resolution of Disputes . Except as provided in the preceding Section 11.7, any dispute or controversy arising with respect to this Agreement and your employment hereunder (whether based on contract or tort or upon any federal, state or local statute, including but not limited to claims asserted under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, any state Fair Employment Practices Act and/or the Americans with Disability Act) shall, at the election of either you or the Company, be submitted to JAMS for resolution in arbitration in accordance with the rules and procedures of JAMS. Either party shall make such election by delivering written notice thereof to the other party at any time (but not later than 45 days after such party receives notice of the commencement of any administrative or regulatory proceeding or the filing of any lawsuit relating to any such dispute or controversy) and thereupon any such dispute or controversy shall be resolved only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.8. Any such proceedings shall take place in New York City before a single arbitrator (rather than a panel of arbitrators), pursuant to any streamlined or expedited (rather than a comprehensive) arbitration process, before a non-judicial (rather than a judicial) arbitrator, and in accordance with an arbitration process which, in the judgment of such arbitrator, shall have the effect of reasonably limiting or reducing the cost of such arbitration. The resolution of any such dispute or controversy by the arbitrator appointed in accordance with the procedures of JAMS shall be final and binding. Judgment upon the award rendered by such arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof, and the parties consent to the jurisdiction of the New York courts for this purpose. The prevailing party shall be entitled to recover the costs of arbitration (including reasonable attorneys fees and the fees of experts) from the losing party. If at the time any dispute or controversy arises with respect to this Agreement, JAMS is not in business or is no longer providing arbitration services, then the American Arbitration Association shall be substituted for JAMS for the purposes of the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.8. If you shall be the prevailing party in such arbitration, the Company shall promptly pay, upon your demand, all legal fees, court costs and other costs and expenses incurred by you in any legal action seeking to enforce the award in any court.

18


 

               11.9 Beneficiaries . Whenever this Agreement provides for any payment to your estate, such payment may be made instead to such beneficiary or beneficiaries as you may designate by written notice to the Company. You shall have the right to revoke any such designation and to redesignate a beneficiary or beneficiaries by written notice to the Company (and to any applicable insurance company) to such effect.
               11.10 No Conflict . You represent and warrant to the Company that this Agreement is legal, valid and binding upon you and the execution of this Agreement and the performance of your obligations hereunder does not and will not constitute a breach of, or conflict with the terms or provisions of, any agreement or understanding to which you are a party (including, without limitation, any other employment agreement). The Company represents and warrants to you that this Agreement is legal, valid and binding upon the Company and the execution of this Agreement and the performance of the Company’s obligations hereunder does not and will not constitute a breach of, or conflict with the terms or provisions of, any agreement or understanding to which the Company is a party.
               11.11 Conflict of Interest. Attached as Annex B and made part of this Agreement is the Time Warner Corporate Standards of Business Conduct. You confirm that you have read, understand and will comply with the terms thereof and any reasonable amendments thereto. In addition, as a condition of your employment under this Agreement, you understand that you may be required periodically to confirm that you have read, understand and will comply with the Standards of Business Conduct as the same may be revised from time to time.
               11.12 Withholding Taxes . Payments made to you pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to withholding and social security taxes and other ordinary and customary payroll deductions.
               11.13 No Offset . Neither you nor the Company shall have any right to offset any amounts owed by one party hereunder against amounts owed or claimed to be owed to such party, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, and you and the Company shall make all the payments provided for in this Agreement in a timely manner.

19


 

               11.14 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby; provided, however, that the parties shall negotiate in good faith with respect to equitable modification of the provision or application thereof held to be invalid. To the extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law, each party hereby waives any provision of law which renders any provision of this Agreement invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect.
               11.15 Survival . Sections 3.4, 7.3 and 8 through 11 shall survive any termination of the term of employment by the Company for cause pursuant to Section 4.1. Sections 3.4, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7 and 7 through 11 shall survive any termination of the term of employment pursuant to Sections 4.2, 5 or 6.
               11.16 Definitions . The following terms are defined in this Agreement in the places indicated:
affiliate — Section 4.2.2
Average Annual Bonus — Section 4.2.1
Base Amount — Section 4.7.1
Base Salary — Section 3.1
Bonus — Section 3.2
cause — Section 4.1
Code — Section 4.5
Company — the first paragraph on page 1 and Section 8.1
Competitive Entity — Section 8.2
Disability Date — Section 5
Disability Period — Section 5
Effective Date — the first paragraph on page 1
Effective Termination Date — Section 4.1
Equity Cessation Date — Section 4.2.2
Initial Effective Date — the second paragraph of page 1
Make-Whole Awards — Section 3.5
Make-Whole RSUs — Section 3.5
Overpayment — Section 4.7.3
Parachute Amount — Section 4.7.1
Prior Agreements — the second paragraph on page 1
Reduced Amount — Section 4.7.1
Severance Term Date — Section 4.2.2
Term Date — Section 1
term of employment — Section 1

20


 

termination without cause — Section 4.2.1
Work Product — Section 9
               11.17 Compliance with IRC Section 409A . This Agreement is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and will be interpreted in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) if at the time of your termination of employment with the Company you are a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Code (and any related regulations or other pronouncements thereunder) and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of employment is necessary in order to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company will defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to you) until the date that is six months following your termination of employment with the Company (or the earliest date as is permitted under Section 409A of the Code) and (ii) if any other payments of money or other benefits due to you hereunder could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payment or other benefits compliant under Section 409A of the Code, or otherwise such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by the Company, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax. To the extent any reimbursements or in-kind benefits due to you under this Agreement constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code, any such reimbursements or in-kind benefits shall be paid to you in a manner consistent with Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv). Each payment made under this Agreement shall be designated as a “separate payment” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. References in this Agreement to your termination of active employment or your Effective Termination Date shall be deemed to refer to the date upon which you have a “separation from service” with the Company and its affiliates within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. The Company shall consult with you in good faith regarding the implementation of the provisions of this Section 11.17; provided that neither the Company nor any of its employees or representatives shall have any liability to you with respect to thereto.

21


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
         
  TIME WARNER INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Mark A. Wainger    
    Mark A. Wainger   
    Senior Vice President, Global
Compensation and Benefits 
 
 
     
    /s/ John K. Martin, Jr.    
    John Martin   
     

22


 

         
ANNEX A
RELEASE
This Release is made by and among                                           (“You” or “Your”) and TIME WARNER INC. (the “Company”), One Time Warner Center, New York, New York 10019 as of the date set forth below in connection with the Employment Agreement dated                      , and effective as of                      , and the letter agreement (the “Letter Agreement” between You and the Company dated as of                      (as so amended, the “Employment Agreement”), and in association with the termination of your employment with the Company.
In consideration of payments made to You and other benefits to be received by You by the Company and other benefits to be received by You pursuant to the Employment Agreement, as further reflected in the Letter Agreement, You, being of lawful age, do hereby release and forever discharge the Company, its successors, related companies, Affiliates, officers, directors, shareholders, subsidiaries, agents, employees, heirs, executors, administrators, assigns, benefit plans (including but not limited to the Time Warner Inc. Severance Pay Plan For Regular Employees) , benefit plan sponsors and benefit plan administrators of and from any and all actions, causes of action, claims, or demands for general, special or punitive damages, attorney’s fees, expenses, or other compensation or damages (collectively, “Claims”), whether known or unknown, which in any way relate to or arise out of your employment with the Company or the termination of Your employment, which You may now have under any federal, state or local law, regulation or order, including without limitation, Claims related to any stock options held by You or granted to You by the Company that are scheduled to vest subsequent to Your termination of employment and Claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (with the exception of Claims that may arise after the date You sign this Release, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended, the Family and Medical Leave Act and the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, through and including the date of this Release; provided, however, that the execution of this Release shall not prevent You from bringing a lawsuit against the Company to enforce its obligations under the Employment Agreement and this Release.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, nothing in this Release shall prohibit or restrict You from (i) making any disclosure of information required by law; (ii) filing a charge with, providing information to, or testifying or otherwise assisting in any investigation or proceeding brought by, any federal regulatory or law enforcement agency or legislative body, any self-regulatory organization, or the Company’s legal, compliance or human resources officers; (iii) filing, testifying or participating in or otherwise assisting in a proceeding relating to an alleged violation of any federal, state or municipal law relating to fraud or any rule or regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any self-regulatory organization; or (iv) challenging the validity of my release of claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act. Provided, however, You acknowledge that You cannot recover any monetary damages or equitable relief in connection with a charge brought by You or through any action brought by a third party with respect to the Claims

 


 

released and waived in the Agreement. Further, notwithstanding the above, You are not waiving or releasing: (i) any claims arising after the Effective Date of this Agreement; (iii) any claims for enforcement of this Agreement; (iii) any rights or claims You may have to workers compensation or unemployment benefits; (iv) claims for accrued, vested benefits under any employee benefit plan of the Company in accordance with the terms of such plans and applicable law; and/or (v) any claims or rights which cannot be waived by law.
You further state that You have reviewed this Release, that You know and understand its contents, and that You have executed it voluntarily.
You acknowledge that You have been given                      days from the date You received a copy of the Release and to sign it. You also acknowledge that by signing this Release You may be giving up valuable legal rights and that You have been advised to consult with an attorney. You understand that You have the right to revoke Your consent to the Release for seven days following Your signing of the Release. You further understand that You will cease to receive any payments or benefits under this Agreement (except as set forth in Section 4.4 of the Agreement) if You do not sign this Release or if You revoke Your consent to the Release within seven days after signing the Release. The Release shall not become effective or enforceable with respect to claims under the Age Discrimination Act until the expiration of the seven-day period following Your signing of this Release. To revoke, You send a written statement of revocation by certified mail, return receipt requested, or by hand delivery. If You do not revoke, the Release shall become effective on the eighth day after You sign it.
Accepted and Agreed to:
     
 
 
   
         
Dated:
       
 
 
 
   

 


 

ANNEX B
TIME WARNER CORPORATE
STANDARDS OF BUSINESS CONDUCT

 

Exhibit 10.2
Time Warner
Supplemental Savings Plan
(Effective January 1, 2011)


 

Time Warner
Supplemental Savings Plan
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
ARTICLE I. ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE
    1  
 
       
1.1 Establishment of the Plan
    1  
1.2 Description and Purpose of the Plan
    1  
1.3 Effective Date
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE II. DEFINITIONS
    1  
 
       
2.1 Definitions
    1  
2.2 Gender and Number
    4  
 
       
ARTICLE III. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
    4  
 
       
3.1 Participation
    4  
3.2 Continued Participation
    5  
 
       
ARTICLE IV. DEFERRALS
    5  
 
       
4.1 Participant Deferral Election
    5  
4.2 Crediting of Company Deferrals
    6  
4.3 Cancellation of Deferral Election
    6  
4.4 Form of Payment of Deferred Amounts
    7  
4.5 Vesting
    7  
 
       
ARTICLE V. SUPPLEMENTAL SAVINGS ACCOUNTS
    8  
 
       
5.1 Supplemental Savings Account
    8  
5.2 Hypothetical Investment
    9  
5.3 Investment Direction
    9  
5.4 Changes in Investment Direction
    9  
5.5 Manner of Hypothetical Investment
    9  
5.6 Participant Assumes Risk of Loss
    9  
5.7 Statement of Account
    10  
 
       
ARTICLE VI. PAYMENT OF DEFERRED AMOUNTS
    10  
 
       
6.1 Payment of Deferred Amounts
    10  
6.2 Payment to Beneficiary or Estate in the Event of Death
    10  
6.3 Unforeseeable Emergency
    11  
6.4 Incapacity
    12  
6.5 Rehire of Inactive Participant
    12  
 
       
ARTICLE VII. ADMINISTRATION
    12  
 
       
7.1 The Administrative Committee
    12  
7.2 The Benefits Officer; Appointment
    13  
7.3 Delegation of Duties
    13  
7.4 Benefits Officer; Plan Administrator
    14  
7.5 Investment Committee
    14  
7.6 Indemnification
    14  
7.7 Expenses of Administration
    15  

- i -


 

         
    Page
ARTICLE VIII. CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURE
    15  
 
       
8.1 Participant or Beneficiary Request for Claim
    15  
8.2 Insufficiency of Information
    15  
8.3 Request Notification
    15  
8.4 Extensions
    16  
8.5 Claim Review
    16  
8.6 Time Limitation on Review
    16  
8.7 Special Circumstances
    16  
8.8 Legal Actions
    16  
 
       
ARTICLE IX. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
    16  
 
       
9.1 Amendments
    17  
9.2 Termination or Suspension
    17  
9.3 Participants’ Rights to Payment
    17  
 
       
ARTICLE X. PARTICIPATING COMPANIES
    17  
 
       
10.1 Adoption by Other Entities
    17  
 
       
ARTICLE XI. GENERAL PROVISIONS
    18  
 
       
11.1 Participants’ Rights Unsecured
    18  
11.2 Non-Assignability
    18  
11.3 No Rights Against the Company
    18  
11.4 Withholding
    18  
11.5 No Guarantee of Tax Consequences
    18  
11.6 Severability
    19  
11.7 No Individual Liability
    19  
11.8 Applicable Law
    19  
11.9 Compliance with Section 409A of the Code
    19  

- ii -


 

Time Warner
Supplemental Savings Plan
ARTICLE I. ESTABLISHMENT AND PURPOSE
     1.1 Establishment of the Plan . Time Warner Inc. hereby adopts this Plan, which shall be known as the Time Warner Supplemental Savings Plan.
     1.2 Description and Purpose of the Plan . This Plan is intended to constitute a non-qualified deferred compensation plan that, in accordance with ERISA Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1), is unfunded and established primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees who earn compensation in excess of the Code Section 401(a)(17) limits on compensation eligible for deferral under a qualified retirement plan.
     1.3 Effective Date . This Plan is effective as of January 1, 2011.
ARTICLE II. DEFINITIONS
     2.1 Definitions . Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings as provided for herein, unless otherwise expressly provided herein or unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context, and when the defined meaning is intended, the term is capitalized:
     (a) “ Administrative Committee ” means the Administrative Committee as provided for herein.
     (b) “ Affiliate ” means any entity affiliated with the Company within the meaning of Code Section 414(b), with respect to controlled groups of corporations, Section 414(c) with respect to trades or businesses under common control with the Company, and Section 414(m) with respect to affiliated service groups, and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Company pursuant to regulations under Section 414(o) of the Code.
     (c) “ Assistant Benefits Officer ” means the Assistant Benefits Officer as provided for herein.
     (d) “ Beneficiary ” means the person or persons designated from time to time by a Participant or Inactive Participant, by notice to the Benefits Officer, to receive any benefits payable under the Plan after his or her death, which designation has not been revoked by notice to the Benefits Officer at the date of the Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s death. Such notice shall be in a form as required by the Benefits Officer or acceptable to such officer which is properly completed and delivered to the Benefits Officer or such officer’s designee. Notice to the Benefits Officer shall be deemed to have been given when it is actually received by or on behalf of such officer.

 


 

     (e) “ Benefits Officer ” means the Benefits Officer as provided for herein.
     (f) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company or a committee thereof authorized to act in the name of the Board.
     (g) “ Change in Control ” means there is a change in the ownership or effective control of the relevant Company or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the relevant Company as defined under, and as determined in accordance with, Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(5) and any other applicable guidance issued under Code Section 409A. For purposes of this Plan, in order for a Change in Control to have occurred with respect to a Participant, the relevant Company is determined for each Participant under Treasury Regulation § 1.409A-3(i)(5)(ii) and any other applicable guidance issued under Code Section 409A.
     (h) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
     (i) “ Company ” means Time Warner Inc. or any successor thereto.
     (j) “ Company Discretionary Deferral ” means the deferrals, if any, credited to Participants’ Supplemental Savings Accounts in accordance with Section 4.2(b).
     (k) “ Company Matching Deferral ” means the deferrals credited to Participants’ Supplemental Savings Accounts in accordance with Section 4.2(a).
     (l) “ Compensation ” means the Participant’s “Compensation,” paid by an Employing Company, as defined in the Qualified Plan, determined without regard to the Compensation Limit, and without regard to any deferrals or the foregoing of compensation under this or any other plan of deferred compensation maintained by the Employing Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Benefits Officer may amend the definition of “Compensation” to include additional items of compensation; provided, however, that any such amendment must be adopted by the Benefits Officer prior to the beginning of the Plan Year in which the compensation is otherwise to be earned.
     (m) “ Compensation Limit ” means the compensation limit of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code, as adjusted under Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code for increases in the cost of living.
     (n) “ Disability ” means a permanent and total disability as determined by the Social Security Administration or any disability for which a Participant is receiving monthly benefits under the provisions of the Time Warner Long Term Disability Plan or, in the case of an employee covered by a long term disability plan of an Affiliate, under the provisions of such plan, whichever shall occur first.
     (o) “ Eligible Employee ” means an “Eligible Employee” as defined in the Qualified Plan.
     (p) “ Employee ” means an “Employee” as defined in the Qualified Plan.

- 2 -


 

     (q) “ Employing Company ” means the Company and each Affiliate which has been authorized by the Benefits Officer to participate in the Plan and has adopted the Plan. When the term “Company” is used with respect to an individual Participant, it shall refer to the specific Employing Company at which the Participant is employed, unless otherwise required by the context.
     (r) “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
     (s) “ Excess Compensation ” means the Compensation otherwise payable to an Eligible Employee in excess of the Compensation Limit (or such other higher dollar limitation as may be set by the Benefits Officer in his or her sole discretion for any Plan Year).
     (t) “ Inactive Participant ” means a Participant who had previously deferred amounts credited to a Supplemental Savings Account and such Participant is no longer eligible to participate hereunder, including due to a Benefits Officer designation of his or her ineligibility for a future Plan Year or a Separation From Service with the Company and any Affiliate, in either case where the individual’s Supplemental Savings Account has not been fully distributed.
     (u) “ Investment Committee ” means the Investment Committee as provided for herein.
     (v) “ Investment Direction ” means a Participant’s or an Inactive Participant’s direction to the recordkeeper of the Plan, in the form and manner prescribed by the Benefits Officer, in accordance with directions made by telephone, through the intranet of the applicable Employing Company or through the Internet, directing which Investment Funds will be credited with his or her deferrals and transfers of all or part of the deferred amounts and any earnings thereon from other Investment Funds and certain employment agreements, as provided for herein.
     (w) “ Investment Funds ” means those hypothetical targeted investment options, as determined from time to time by the Investment Committee as measurements of the rate of return to be credited to (or charged against) Participants’ Supplemental Savings Accounts.
     (x) “ Matched Deferrals ” means the pre-tax deferrals of Excess Compensation made by a Participant under this Plan in accordance with Section 4.1(a).
     (y) “ Participant ” means any Eligible Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan in accordance with Article III. Except for those provisions related to deferral opportunities, references herein to a Participant shall be deemed to include references to Inactive Participants, unless otherwise required by the context.
     (z) “ Plan ” means this Plan, the Time Warner Supplemental Savings Plan, as provided for herein and as it may be amended from time to time.
     (aa) “ Plan Year ” means the calendar year.

- 3 -


 

     (bb) “ Qualified Plan ” means the Time Warner Savings Plan, as amended from time to time.
     (cc) “ Separation From Service ” means termination of employment with the Company or an Affiliate that also constitutes a “separation from service” under Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code; provided, however, that for purposes for determining the controlled group of entities comprising the Participant’s employer under Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(h)(3), the determination shall be made pursuant to the test for controlled groups under Sections 414(b) and (c) of the Code, using a common control ownership threshold of “at least 80%” ownership, rather than “at least 50%” ownership. For purposes of this Plan, a “Separation From Service” occurs on the first day of the seventh month following the date a Participant first begins a disability leave of absence. For this purpose, a disability leave of absence refers to a leave due to the Participant’s inability to perform the duties of his or her position of employment or any substantially similar position of employment by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than six months.
     (dd) “ Supplemental Savings Account ” means the separate account established under Article V of the Plan for each Participant and Inactive Participant representing amounts deferred by or for the benefit of a Participant pursuant to Article IV, together with credited earnings (or losses) that reflect the Investment Funds applicable with respect to each Participant’s deferred amounts.
     (ee) “ Unmatched Deferrals ” means the pre-tax deferrals made by a Participant under this Plan in accordance with Section 4.1(b).
     (ff) “ Valuation Date ” means, with respect to the Investment Funds, each business day when the New York Stock Exchange is open or any other date designated from time to time by the Benefits Officer for determining the value of a Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account for any specified purpose under the Plan, including the determination of amounts available for unforeseeable emergency withdrawals or other distributions on account of Separation From Service, death, or any reason otherwise allowed under the Plan.
     2.2 Gender and Number . Except when otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine terminology used herein also shall include the feminine and the feminine shall include the masculine, and the use of any term herein in the singular may also include the plural and the plural shall include the singular.
ARTICLE III. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
     3.1 Participation . Subject to Section 3.2, an Eligible Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan if, with respect to any Plan Year, the Eligible Employee earns

- 4 -


 

Compensation during the Plan Year in excess of the Compensation Limit (or such other higher dollar limitation as may be set by the Benefits Officer in his or her sole discretion for that Plan Year before the beginning of such Plan Year), and the Eligible Employee elects to defer a portion of such Excess Compensation at such time and in such manner as determined by the Benefits Officer pursuant to Article IV. To become a Participant in this Plan, each Eligible Employee must complete such other forms or applications as required by the Benefits Officer.
     3.2 Continued Participation . Once an Eligible Employee becomes a Participant, he or she shall continue to be eligible to participate for all future years until his or her Separation From Service or death or unless and until the Benefits Officer shall designate that individual or the individual’s Employing Company as ineligible to participate for a future Plan Year or the Employing Company elects not to continue to participate in the Plan with respect to its employees for a future Plan Year. If a Participant becomes ineligible to participate for future deferrals under this Plan, he or she shall become an Inactive Participant and retain all the rights described under this Plan with respect to deferrals previously made while an active Participant.
ARTICLE IV. DEFERRALS
     4.1 Participant Deferral Election . Subject to the conditions as provided for in this Plan, a Participant may elect to defer amounts hereunder as follows:
     (a)  Matched Deferrals . An Eligible Employee may elect to defer Matched Deferrals under this Plan in whole percentages up to six percent (6%) of that portion of his or her Excess Compensation that does not exceed an amount equal to $500,000 less the then applicable Compensation Limit.
     (b)  Unmatched Deferrals . An Eligible Employee may elect to defer Unmatched Deferrals under this Plan in whole percentages up to: (i) fifty percent (50%) of that portion of his or her Excess Compensation referred to in Section 4.1(a), which deferrals are reduced by the amount of his or her Matched Deferrals and (ii) ninety percent (90%) of that portion of his or her Compensation that exceeds $500,000.
     (c)  Deferral Procedures for Matched and Unmatched Deferrals . Except as provided in Section 4.1(d), all elections under Section 4.1(a) and Section 4.1(b) must be made at such time and in such manner as specified by the Benefits Officer prior to the beginning of each Plan Year in which such Excess Compensation is otherwise earned. Once a Matched Deferral or an Unmatched Deferral election is made (or deemed to be made) for a Plan Year, it shall remain in effect for all future Excess Compensation otherwise payable in all future pay periods that otherwise begin during that Plan Year. Participant Matched Deferrals and Unmatched Deferrals shall be credited to the Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account at such times and in such manner as determined by the Benefits Officer, in his or her sole discretion.
     (d) Deferral Procedures for Newly Eligible Employees . In the case of an Employee who first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan during a Plan Year (and is not eligible for any other plan with which this Plan is aggregated for purposes of Code Section 409A), elections under

- 5 -


 

Sections 4.1(a) and 4.1(b) for such Plan Year must be made within 30 days of the date the Employee first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan, and shall apply only to amounts paid for services to be performed after the date of such election.
     (e)  Payroll Periods Subject to Deferral Elections . If a Company’s normal payroll practice is such that the last payroll beginning in a Plan Year covers services performed at the end of that Plan Year and into the beginning of the next Plan Year, then any Participant deferral elections made under Sections 4.1(a) and 4.1(b) for a Plan Year will apply to all payroll periods ending in that Plan Year.
     4.2 Crediting of Company Deferrals . The Company shall credit each Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account with the additional deferrals described in this Section 4.2.
     (a)  Company Matching Deferrals . Any Participant who has elected to make a deferral under Section 4.1(a) for a Plan Year will be credited with a Company Matching Deferral for such Plan Year equal to one hundred and thirty-three percent (133%) of the Participant’s Matched Deferrals up to the first three percent (3%) of the Participant’s Excess Compensation that does not exceed $500,000 plus one hundred percent (100%) of the Participant’s Matched Deferrals up to the next three percent (3%) of the Participant’s Excess Compensation that does not exceed $500,000. In all events, the maximum amount of Company Matching Deferrals for any Participant who has made the maximum amount of Matched Deferrals shall be an amount equal to seven percent (7%) of the Participant’s Excess Compensation not in excess of $500,000. Such Company Matching Deferrals shall be credited to the Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account at such times and in such manner as the Benefits Officer, in his or her sole discretion determines.
     (b)  Company Discretionary Deferrals . The Company may, in its sole discretion, provide for additional credits to all or some Participants’ Supplemental Savings Accounts at any time. Such amounts shall be distributed in the form of distribution otherwise in effect for each affected Participant with respect to any deferrals made for the Plan Year under Section 4.4. In the absence of any deferrals for such Plan Year for a Participant, the additional credits shall be paid in the form of a single sum distribution.
     4.3 Cancellation of Deferral Election .
     (a)  Hardship Distribution Under the Plan . Upon a distribution under Section 6.3 due to an unforeseeable emergency, the Participant’s deferral election(s) made pursuant to Section 4.1 shall be cancelled effective as of the payroll period following the distribution under Section 6.3(d). Such cancellation shall be effective for the remainder of the Plan Year and any subsequent deferral election by the Participant must be submitted in accordance with Section 4.1.
     (b) Hardship Distribution Under Qualified Plan . Upon a hardship distribution pursuant to Treasury Regulation § 1.401(k)-1(d)(3) under a qualified plan maintained by the Company or any of its Affiliates, the Participant’s deferral election(s) made pursuant to Section 4.1 shall be cancelled for the Plan Year in which the hardship distribution occurred and any subsequent deferral election by the Participant must be submitted in accordance with Section 4.1 but will not be effective for

- 6 -


 

such subsequent Plan Year until such time as the Code Section 401(k) required cancellation period for deferrals has ended.
     4.4 Form of Payment of Deferred Amounts . At the same time as the election made pursuant to Section 4.1, and subject to the death benefit provisions of Section 6, each Participant must also elect the manner in which his or her deferred amounts for each Plan Year will be paid.
     (a)  Normal Form of Distribution — Single Sum Payments . Except as provided in Section 4.4(b), all deferred amounts for each Plan Year that are otherwise payable to a Participant hereunder shall be paid in the form of a single sum payment.
     (b)  Optional Form of Distribution . In lieu of a single sum payment, a Participant may elect to have all deferred amounts for each Plan Year that are otherwise payable to a Participant hereunder paid in the form of one hundred twenty (120) monthly installment payments. Unless specifically elected otherwise for a Plan Year, payments of all deferred amounts will be made in a single sum payment.
     (c)  Mandatory Distribution — Single Sum Payments . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.4, if the value of the Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account is less than $100,000 as of the Valuation Date following the Participant’s Separation From Service payment, of all amounts payable to the Participant hereunder shall be made in a single sum payment.
     4.5 Vesting . Participants shall become vested in the deferrals credited to their Supplemental Savings Accounts in accordance with this Section 4.5.
     (a) A Participant shall be vested at all times in his or her Matched Deferrals and Unmatched Deferrals.
     (b) A Participant shall become vested in Company Matching Deferrals after completing “Periods of Service” of at least two years or two “Years of Service” (as those terms are defined under the Qualified Plan); provided, however, that Company Matching Deferrals credited to a Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account shall immediately vest upon the occurrence of: (i) the Participant’s death; (ii) the Participant’s Disability; (iii) the date the Participant attains age 65; or (iv) a Change in Control.
     (c) Subject to approval of the Benefits Officer, special vesting provisions under the terms of a severance plan or program under which a Participant qualifies may apply to vesting of the Participant’s Company Matching Deferrals and any earnings or losses attributable thereto.
     (d) A Participant shall become vested in Company Discretionary Deferrals pursuant to the vesting schedule established by the Company at the time such amounts are credited to his or her Supplemental Savings Account; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the provisions of

- 7 -


 

any such vesting schedule, amounts credited to a Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account shall immediately vest upon the occurrence of a Change in Control.
     (e) Subject to subsections (a), (b) and (c) herein, a forfeiture of a Participant’s unvested Company Matching Contributions and unvested Company Discretionary Deferrals shall occur on the date of the Participant’s Separation From Service if he or she is not otherwise vested in any such amounts credited to his or her Supplemental Savings Account. In addition, a Participant who is re-employed by an Employing Company shall not be entitled to restore to his or her Supplemental Savings Account any amounts previously forfeited under the Plan or otherwise distributed or scheduled to be distributed from the Plan.
ARTICLE V. SUPPLEMENTAL SAVINGS ACCOUNTS
     5.1 Supplemental Savings Account .
     (a) A Supplemental Savings Account shall be established for each Participant who is credited with deferred amounts under Article IV. A Participant’s or an Inactive Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account shall consist of all such deferred amounts, increased or decreased by any gains or losses thereon.
     (b) The Company (either directly or indirectly through a third-party recordkeeper or a combination thereof) shall maintain the records of Supplemental Savings Accounts for all Participants and Inactive Participants.
     (c) All payments made under the Plan shall be made directly by the Company from its general assets subject to the claims of any creditors and no deferred compensation under the Plan shall be segregated or earmarked or held in trust. The Plan is an unfunded and unsecured contractual obligation of the Company. Participants, Inactive Participants, and Beneficiaries shall be unsecured creditors of the Company with respect to all obligations owed to them under the Plan. Participants, Inactive Participants, and Beneficiaries shall not have any interest in any fund or specific asset of the Company by reason of any amount credited to a Supplemental Savings Account, nor shall any such person have any right to receive any distribution under the Plan except as explicitly stated herein. The Company shall not designate any funds or assets to specifically provide for the distribution of the value of a Supplemental Savings Account or issue any notes or security for the payment thereof. Any asset or reserve that the Company may purchase or establish shall not serve as security to Participants, Inactive Participants, and Beneficiaries for the performance of the Company under the Plan.

- 8 -


 

     5.2 Hypothetical Investment .
     (a) For crediting rate purposes, amounts credited to a Participant’s or an Inactive Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account shall be deemed to be invested according to his or her Investment Direction in one or more of all of the similarly named funds offered under the Time Warner Defined Contribution Plans Master Trust; provided, however, that any brokerage investment alternative available under such master trust, if any, shall not be an available investment alternative under this Plan. For any period, the deemed return on each of these Investment Funds shall be the same as the return for such period on each similarly named fund offered under the Time Warner Defined Contribution Plans Master Trust.
     (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company, by action of the Investment Committee or the Board, may add to, decrease or change the Investment Funds offered under the Plan, at any time and for any reason. Participants, Inactive Participants, and Beneficiaries shall not have the right to continue any particular Investment Fund option.
     (c) The Company shall be under no obligation to invest amounts corresponding to any Investment Direction chosen by Participants or Inactive Participants. Any such allocation to any Supplemental Savings Account shall be made solely for the purpose of determining the value of such account under the Plan.
     5.3 Investment Direction . Deferrals shall be credited to the Investment Funds in accordance with a Participant’s or an Inactive Participant’s Investment Directions. A Participant or an Inactive Participant shall direct that his or her deferrals be applied, in multiples of one percent, to deemed investments in any or all of the Investment Funds.
     5.4 Changes in Investment Direction . A Participant or an Inactive Participant may change an Investment Direction once each calendar month with respect to existing Supplemental Savings Account balances; provided, however, that one additional Investment Direction may be made in each calendar month in which any Investment Fund is made available, or ceases to be available with respect to each of new deferrals and previous deferrals and any earnings thereon. A Participant may make Investment Directions with respect to future deferrals as frequently as permitted pursuant to administrative rules adopted by the Benefits Officer.
     5.5 Manner of Hypothetical Investment .
     (a) For purposes of the hypothetical investment under Section 5.2, deferred compensation shall be considered to be invested on the date the recordkeeper of the Plan records the deferral amount.
     (b) As of each Valuation Date, the recordkeeper of the Plan shall determine the value of each Participant’s, Inactive Participant’s, or Beneficiary’s Supplemental Savings Account.
     5.6 Participant Assumes Risk of Loss . Each Participant, Inactive Participant, and Beneficiary assumes the risk in connection with any decrease in value of his or her Supplemental Savings Account deemed invested in the Investment Funds.

- 9 -


 

     5.7 Statement of Account . A statement of account shall be made available through the recordkeeper’s website and may be viewed and printed by a Participant or an Inactive Participant at any time. Upon request, as soon as reasonably practicable after the end of each calendar quarter, a statement of account shall be sent to each Participant and Inactive Participant with respect to the value of his or her Supplemental Savings Account as of the end of such quarter.
ARTICLE VI. PAYMENT OF DEFERRED AMOUNTS
     6.1 Payment of Deferred Amounts .
     (a) Payment of a Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account, including accumulated hypothetical earnings (or losses), shall be paid (or, in the case of installment distributions, commence to be paid) on the fifteenth day of the seventh month following the Participant’s Separation From Service (or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter), and any subsequent monthly installment payments shall be paid on the fifteenth day of each subsequent month thereafter (or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter). Subject to Section 4.4(c), the payment(s) shall be made in the manner otherwise elected by the Participant under Section 4.4.
     (b) The amount of any single sum payment shall equal the Participant’s distributable Supplemental Savings Account, determined as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the payment date.
     (c) The amount of any monthly installment payment shall equal the Participant’s distributable Supplemental Savings Account, determined as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the payment date multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is the number of monthly installment payments remaining to be paid.
     6.2 Payment to Beneficiary or Estate in the Event of Death . Notwithstanding the provisions for payment described in Section 6.1 above, if a Participant or an Inactive Participant dies before payment of his or her Supplemental Savings Account under the Plan or after commencement of installment payments and prior to the payment of all amounts credited to his or her Supplemental Savings Account, the value of such Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account shall be determined as of the Valuation Date coincident with or immediately prior to the date that the Benefits Officer commences the processing of the distribution, after both a written notice of his or her death and a death certificate have been received by the Benefits Officer. In all events, such account shall be distributed in a single sum as soon as practicable to the Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s Beneficiary (or, if no person has been designated or if no person so designated survives the Participant or Inactive Participant, to such Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s estate or if such Beneficiary survives the Participant or Inactive Participant, but dies prior to payment, to such Beneficiary’s estate) prior to the end of the Plan Year of the Participant’s or Inactive Participant’s death (or within 90 days after the date of death, if later, provided, however, that the Beneficiary (or estate) shall have no right to designate the taxable year of payment). In case any Participant or Inactive Participant and his or her Beneficiary die in or as a result of a common accident or disaster and under such circumstances as to make it impossible to determine which of them was the last to die, the Participant or Inactive Participant

- 10 -


 

shall be deemed to have survived his or her Beneficiary. Distributions hereunder shall be subject to such administrative and procedural requirements and forms as the Benefits Officer in such officer’s discretion may require.
     6.3 Unforeseeable Emergency . At any time before the time an amount is otherwise payable hereunder, a Participant (or the Participant’s Beneficiary) may request, pursuant to such procedures prescribed by the Benefits Officer in his or her sole discretion, a single sum distribution of all or a portion of the amounts credited to his or her Supplemental Savings Account due to the Participant’s (or the Beneficiary’s) severe financial hardship, subject to the following requirements as provided for in this Section 6.3.
     (a) Such distribution shall be made, in the sole discretion of the Benefits Officer, in the case of an unforeseeable emergency, which shall be limited to a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, the Participant’s Beneficiary, or of a Participant’s dependent (as defined in Code Section 152, without regard to Code Sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B)), loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty (including the need to rebuild a home following damage to a home not otherwise covered by insurance, for example, as a result of a natural disaster); or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant. Examples of events that may constitute an unforeseeable emergency include the imminent foreclosure of or eviction from the Participant’s primary residence; the need to pay for medical expenses, including non-refundable deductibles, as well as for the costs of prescription drug medication; and the need to pay for the funeral expenses of the Participant’s spouse, the Participant’s Beneficiary, or the Participant’s dependent (as defined in Code Section 152, without regard to Code Sections 152(b)(1), (b)(2), and (d)(1)(B)).
     (b) Whether a Participant is faced with an unforeseeable emergency will be determined based on the relevant facts and circumstances of each case, but, in any case, a distribution on account of an unforeseeable emergency may not be made to the extent that such emergency is or may be relieved:
          (i) through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise,
          (ii) by liquidation of the individual’s assets, to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship, or
          (iii) by cessation of deferrals under the Plan.
Examples of circumstances that are not considered to be unforeseeable emergencies include the need to send an individual’s child to college or the desire to purchase a home.
     (c) In all events, the amount available for distribution on account of an unforeseeable emergency pursuant to this Section 6.3 shall be limited to the amount reasonably necessary to satisfy the emergency need (which may include amounts necessary to pay any federal, state, local, or foreign income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution), and shall be determined in accordance with Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder.

- 11 -


 

The Benefits Officer may require such evidence of the individual’s severe financial hardship as it deems appropriate. The Benefits Officer shall consider any requests for payment under this Section 6.3 in accordance with the standards of interpretation described in Code Section 409A and the regulations and other guidance thereunder.
     (d) All distributions under this Section 6.3 shall be made from the Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account as soon as practicable after the Benefits Officer has approved the distribution and the amounts credited to the Participant’s Supplemental Savings Account shall be reduced on a pro rata basis among his or her elected Investment Options to reflect the accelerated distribution.
     6.4 Incapacity . The Benefits Officer may direct that any amounts distributable under the Plan to a person under a legal disability be made to (and be withheld until the appointment of) a representative qualified pursuant to law to receive such payment on such person’s behalf.
     6.5 Rehire of Inactive Participant . If an Inactive Participant returns to work with the Company or an Affiliate, distribution of his or her remaining Supplemental Savings Account with respect to amounts deferred prior to the date of the Separation From Service shall continue to be made as if the Inactive Participant has not returned to work.
ARTICLE VII. ADMINISTRATION
     7.1 The Administrative Committee .
     (a)  Appointment of Administrative Committee . The Plan shall be administered by the Benefits Officer. In addition, in the event a claim for benefits is denied, the claim shall be reviewed by the Administrative Committee of the Time Warner Savings Plan as provided for in Section 14.1 of such Savings Plan. Neither the Benefits Officer nor any member of the Administrative Committee shall receive any compensation for his or her services as such. Participants may be members of the Administrative Committee but may not participate in any decision affecting their own account in any case where the Administrative Committee may take discretionary action in the administration of the Plan.
     (b)  Quorum and Actions of Administrative Committee . A majority of the members of the Administrative Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. All resolutions or other action taken by the Administrative Committee shall be by a vote of a majority of its members present at any meeting or, without a meeting, by instrument in writing signed by all its members. Members of the Administrative Committee may participate in a meeting of such Administrative Committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment that enables all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
     (c)  Standard of Review . The Administrative Committee shall be responsible for the claims review functions as provided for in Article VIII. In exercising such claims review functions, the Administrative Committee shall have exclusive authority and sole and absolute discretion to interpret the Plan, to determine eligibility for benefits and the amount of benefit

- 12 -


 

payments and to make any factual determinations, resolve factual disputes and decide all matters arising in connection with such claim and the interpretation, administration and operation of the Plan or with the determination of reviewing a claim for eligibility for benefits or the amount of benefit payments. All its rules, interpretations and decisions shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and on Participants, Inactive Participants and their Beneficiaries to the extent permitted by law.
     (d)  Delegation by Administrative Committee . The Administrative Committee may delegate any of its powers or duties to others as it shall determine and may retain counsel, agents and such clerical and accounting, actuarial or other services as they may require in carrying out the provisions of the Plan.
     (e)  Reliance on Information . The Administrative Committee, Benefits Officer, and the Investment Committee (as described below) may rely conclusively upon all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions and reports furnished by any actuary, accountant, controller, counsel or other person who is employed or engaged for any purpose in connection with the administration of the Plan.
     (f)  No Liability for Acts of Others . Neither the Administrative Committee, Benefits Officer, or Investment Committee nor any member of the Board or the board of directors (or governing body) of an Affiliate and no employee of the Company or any Affiliate shall be liable for any act or action hereunder, whether of omission or commission, by any other member or employee or by any agent to whom duties in connection with the administration of the Plan have been delegated or for anything done or omitted to be done in connection with the Plan.
     (g)  Committee Records . The Administrative Committee and Benefits Officer shall keep a record of all Plan proceedings and of all payments directed by it to be made to or on behalf of Participants, Inactive Participants, or Beneficiaries or payments made by it for expenses or otherwise.
     7.2 The Benefits Officer; Appointment . Subject to Sections 7.1, 7.3, and 7.4, the day-to-day operations of the Plan shall be administered by the Benefits Officer of the Time Warner Savings Plan as provided for in Section 14.5 of such Savings Plan. The Benefits Officer may not serve concurrently on the Administrative Committee or the Investment Committee. The Benefits Officer may resign at any time by giving notice to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company Any such resignation shall take effect at the date of receipt of such notice or at any later date specified therein; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. A Participant may be appointed as the Benefits Officer. The Benefits Officer shall not receive compensation for his or her services as such.
     7.3 Delegation of Duties . The Benefits Officer may authorize others to execute or deliver any instrument or to make any payment in his or her behalf and may delegate any of his or her powers or duties to others as he or she shall determine, including the delegation of such powers and duties to an Assistant Benefits Officer who shall be appointed by the Benefits Officer. In the event of such delegation, the Assistant Benefits Officer shall for all purposes of the Plan be considered the Benefits Officer and all references to the Benefits Officer shall be deemed to be references to such Assistant Benefits Officer when acting in such capacity. The

- 13 -


 

Benefits Officer and the Assistant Benefits Officer may retain such counsel, agents and clerical, medical, accounting and actuarial services as they may require in carrying out their functions.
     7.4 Benefits Officer; Plan Administrator . In addition to its settlor and ministerial functions on behalf of the Company as provided for in the Plan, including, without limitation, amending and modifying the terms of the Plan and performing ministerial functions with respect to the Plan, the Benefits Officer shall be the administrator of the Plan and shall have all powers necessary to administer the Plan except to the extent that any such powers are vested in the Administrative Committee or any other individual or committee as authorized by the Plan. The Benefits Officer may from time to time establish rules for the administration of the Plan. Other than with respect to claims review as described in Article VIII (which shall be done by the Administrative Committee), the Benefits Officer shall have exclusive authority and sole and absolute discretion to interpret the Plan, to determine eligibility for benefits and the amount of benefit payments and to make any factual determinations, resolve factual disputes and decide all matters arising in connection with the interpretation, administration and operation of the Plan or with the determination of eligibility for benefits or the amount of benefit payments. All its rules, interpretations and decisions shall be conclusive and binding on the Company and on Participants, Inactive Participants and their Beneficiaries to the extent permitted by law.
     7.5 Investment Committee .
     (a)  Appointment . The Investment Committee of the Time Warner Savings Plan as provided for in Section 14.8 of such Savings Plan shall take all prudent action necessary or desirable for the purpose of carrying out the overall investment policy for the Plan (with respect to Investment Funds made available as targeted hypothetical investments).
     (b)  Quorum and Actions of Investment Committee . A majority of the members of the Investment Committee at the time in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. All resolutions or other action taken by the Investment Committee shall be by vote of a majority of its members present at any meeting or, without a meeting, by instrument in writing signed by all its members. Members of the Investment Committee may participate in a meeting of such Investment Committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment that enables all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.
     (c)  Investment Committee Chairman; Delegation by Investment Committee . The members of the Investment Committee shall elect one of their number as chairman and may elect a secretary who may, but need not, be one of their number. The Investment Committee may delegate any of its powers or duties among its members or to others as it shall determine. It may authorize one or more of its members to execute or deliver any instrument or to make any payment in its behalf. It may employ such counsel, agents and clerical, accounting, actuarial and recordkeeping services as it may require in carrying out the provisions of the Plan.
     7.6 Indemnification . The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify each director, officer or employee of the Company or any Affiliate (including the heirs, executors, administrators and other personal representatives of such person) and each member of the Administrative Committee, Investment Committee and Benefits Officer against

- 14 -


 

expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or actual suit, action or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative in nature or otherwise) in which such person may be involved by reason of the fact that he or she is or was serving any employee benefit plans of the Company or any Affiliate in any capacity at the request of such company.
     7.7 Expenses of Administration . Any expense incurred by the Company, the Administrative Committee, the Investment Committee or the Benefits Officer relative to the administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Company and any of its participating Affiliates in such proportions as the Company may direct.
ARTICLE VIII. CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURE
     8.1 Participant or Beneficiary Request for Claim . Any request for a benefit payable under the Plan shall be made in writing by a Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary (or an authorized representative of any of them), as the case may be, and shall be paid in accordance with the otherwise applicable Plan terms.
     8.2 Insufficiency of Information . In the event a request for a benefit that is not otherwise paid contains insufficient information otherwise required by the Plan, the Benefits Officer shall, within a reasonable period after receipt of such request, send a written notification to the claimant setting forth a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material is necessary. The claimant’s request shall be deemed filed with the Administrative Committee on the date the Administrative Committee or Benefits Officer receives in writing such additional information.
     8.3 Request Notification . The Administrative Committee shall make a determination with respect to a request for benefits that was previously denied within ninety (90) days after such request is filed (or within such extended period prescribed below). The Administrative Committee shall notify the claimant whether his or her claim has been granted or whether it has been denied in whole or in part. Such notification shall be in writing and shall be delivered, by mail or otherwise, to the claimant within the time period described above. If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the written notification shall set forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant:
  (i)   The specific reason or reasons for the denial;
 
  (ii)   Specific reference to pertinent provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based; and
 
  (iii)   An explanation of the Plan’s claim review procedure.
          Failure by the Administrative Committee to give notification pursuant to this Section within the time prescribed shall be deemed a denial of the request for the purpose of proceeding to the review stage.

- 15 -


 

     8.4 Extensions . If special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, the Administrative Committee shall furnish the claimant with written notice of such extension. Such notice shall be furnished prior to the termination of the initial ninety (90)-day period and shall set forth the special circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the Administrative Committee expects to render its decision. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of ninety (90) days from the end of such initial ninety (90)-day period.
     8.5 Claim Review . A claimant whose request for benefits has been denied by the Administrative Committee in whole or in part, or his or her duly authorized representative, may, within sixty (60) days after written notification of such denial, file with a reviewer appointed for such purpose by the Administrative Committee (or, if none has been appointed, with the Administrative Committee itself), with a copy to the Administrative Committee, a written request for a review of his or her claim. Such written request shall be deemed filed upon receipt of same by the reviewer.
     8.6 Time Limitation on Review . A claimant who timely files a request for review of his or her claim for benefits, or his or her duly authorized representative, may review pertinent documents (upon reasonable notice to the reviewer) and may submit the issues and his or her comments to the reviewer in writing. The reviewer shall, within sixty (60) days after receipt of the written request for review (or within such extended period prescribed below), communicate its decision in writing to the claimant and/or his or her duly authorized representative setting forth, in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, the specific reasons for its decision and the pertinent provisions of the Plan on which the decision is based. If the decision is not communicated within the time prescribed, the claim shall be deemed denied on review.
     8.7 Special Circumstances . If special circumstances require an extension of time beyond the sixty (60)-day period described above for the reviewer to render his or her decision, the reviewer shall furnish the claimant with written notice of the extension required. Such notice shall be furnished prior to the termination of the initial sixty (60)-day period and shall set forth the special circumstances requiring the extension period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of sixty (60) days from the end of such initial sixty (60)-day period.
     8.8 Legal Actions . In the event a claimant’s request for benefits is denied (or deemed denied) under Section 8.6, such claimant may bring legal action. Evidence presented in such action shall be limited to the administrative record reviewed by the Administrative Committee in connection with its determination of the claimant’s request under this Article VIII. The administrative record shall include evidence timely presented to the Administrative Committee by the claimant, or his duly authorized representative, pursuant to this Article VIII. No legal action at law or equity to recover benefits under the Plan may be filed unless the claimant has complied with and exhausted the administrative procedures under this Article VIII, nor may such legal action be filed more than six (6) months after the date on which the claim is denied (or deemed denied) under Section 8.6.
ARTICLE IX. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

- 16 -


 

     9.1 Amendments . The Company (by action of the Board) or the Benefits Officer (for the Company and the other Employing Companies) may at any time amend the Plan.
     9.2 Termination or Suspension . The continuance of the Plan and the ability of an Eligible Employee to make a deferral for any Plan Year are not assumed as contractual obligations of the Company or any other Employing Company. The Company reserves the right (for itself and the other Employing Companies) by action of the Board or the Benefits Officer, to terminate or suspend the Plan, or to terminate or suspend the Plan with respect to itself or an Employing Company, to the extent permitted without adverse tax consequences under Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix) and such other applicable guidance under Code Section 409A. Any Employing Company may terminate or suspend the Plan with respect to itself (in a manner consistent with the requirements of Code Section 409A necessary to avoid adverse tax consequences) by executing and delivering to the Company or the Benefits Officer such documents as the Company or Benefits Officer shall deem necessary or desirable.
     9.3 Participants’ Rights to Payment . No termination of the Plan or amendment thereto shall deprive a Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary of the right to payment of amounts credited to his or her Supplemental Savings Account as of the date of termination or amendment, in accordance with the terms of the Plan as of the date of such termination or amendment; provided, however, that in the event of termination of the Plan, or termination of the Plan with respect to the Company or one or more other Employing Companies, the Benefits Officer may, in such officer’s sole and absolute discretion, accelerate the payment of all such credited deferred compensation on a uniform basis for all Participants and Inactive Participants or, in the case of termination of the Plan with respect to one or more other Employing Companies, for all Participants and Inactive Participants of such other Employing Companies only, to the extent permitted under Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix) to avoid adverse tax consequences.
ARTICLE X. PARTICIPATING COMPANIES
     10.1 Adoption by Other Entities . Upon the approval of the Company or the Benefits Officer, the Plan may be adopted by any Affiliate by executing and delivering to the Company or the Benefits Officer such documents as the Company or Benefits Officer shall deem necessary or desirable. The provisions of the Plan shall be fully applicable to such entity except as may otherwise be agreed to by such adopting company and the Company or Benefits Officer.

- 17 -


 

ARTICLE XI. GENERAL PROVISIONS
     11.1 Participants’ Rights Unsecured . The right of any Participant or Inactive Participant to receive future payments under the provisions of the Plan shall be a general unsecured claim against the general assets of the Employing Company employing the Participant at the time that his or her compensation is deferred. The Company, and any other Employing Company or former Employing Company shall not guarantee or be liable for payment of benefits to the employees of any other Employing Company or former Employing Company under the Plan.
     11.2 Non-Assignability . The right of any person to receive any benefit payable under the Plan shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, lien or charge, and any such benefit shall not, except to such extent as may be required by law, in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of the person who shall be entitled to such benefits, nor shall it be subject to attachment or legal process for or against such person.
     11.3 No Rights Against the Company . The establishment of the Plan, any amendment or other modification thereof, or any payments hereunder, shall not be construed as giving to any Employee, Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary any legal or equitable rights against the Company its shareholders, directors, officers or other employees, except as may be contemplated by or under the Plan including, without limitation, the right of any Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary to be paid as provided under the Plan. Participation in the Plan does not give rise to any actual or implied contract of employment. A Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary may be terminated at any time for any reason in accordance with the procedures of the Company.
     11.4 Withholding . The Employing Company or former Employing Company or paying agent shall withhold any federal, state and local income or employment tax (including F.I.C.A. obligations for both social security and Medicare) which by any present or future law it is, or may be, required to withhold with respect to any payment pursuant to the Plan, with respect to any of its former or present Employees. The Benefits Officer shall provide or direct the provision of information necessary or appropriate to enable each such company to so withhold.
     11.5 No Guarantee of Tax Consequences . The Benefits Officer, the Investment Committee, the Administrative Committee, the Company and any Employing Company or any former Employing Company do not make any commitment or guarantee that any amounts deferred for the benefit of a Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary will be excludible from the gross income of the Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary in the year deferred or paid for federal, state or local income or employment tax purposes, or that any other federal, state or local tax treatment will apply to or be available to any Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary. It shall be the obligation of each Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary to determine whether any deferral or payment under the Plan is excludible from his or her gross income for federal, state and local income or employment tax purposes, and to take appropriate action if he or she has reason to believe that any such deferral or payment is not so excludible.

- 18 -


 

     11.6 Severability . If any particular provision of the Plan shall be found to be illegal or unenforceable for any reason, the illegality or lack of enforceability of such provision shall not affect the remaining provisions of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or unenforceable provision had not been included.
     11.7 No Individual Liability . It is declared to be the express purpose and intention of the Plan that no liability whatsoever shall attach to or be incurred by the shareholders, officers, or directors of the Board or any representative appointed hereunder by the Company, under or by reason of any of the terms or conditions of the Plan.
     11.8 Applicable Law . This Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York except to the extent governed by applicable federal law (including the requirements of Code Section 409A).
     11.9 Compliance with Section 409A of the Code . This Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code and will be interpreted in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code. In furtherance thereof, no payments may be accelerated under the Plan other than to the extent permitted under Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that any provision of the Plan violates Section 409A of the Code such that amounts would be taxable to a Participant prior to payment or would otherwise subject a Participant to a penalty tax under Section 409A, such provision shall be automatically reformed or stricken to preserve the intent hereof. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if any other payments due to a Participant hereunder could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such payment compliant under Section 409A of the Code, or otherwise such payment shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by the Benefits Officer or the Administrative Committee, that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax. The Benefits Officer and the Administrative Committee shall implement the provisions of this Section 11.9 in good faith; provided that none of the Company, the Benefits Officer, the Administrative Committee nor any of the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ employees or representatives shall have any liability to Participants with respect to this Section 11.9.

- 19 -

EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATIONS
I, Jeffrey L. Bewkes, certify that:
  1.   I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Time Warner Inc.;
 
  2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
  3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
  4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
     (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
     (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
     (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
     (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
  5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
     (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
     (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
     
Date: May 5, 2010  By:   /s/  Jeffrey L. Bewkes  
    Name:   Jeffrey L. Bewkes   
    Title:   Chief Executive Officer
Time Warner Inc. 
 

 

         
EXHIBIT 31.2
CERTIFICATIONS
I, John K. Martin, Jr., certify that:
  1.   I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Time Warner Inc.;
 
  2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
  3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
  4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
     (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
     (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
     (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
     (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
  5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
     (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
     (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
         
     
Date: May 5, 2010  By:   /s/  John K. Martin, Jr.  
    Name:   John K. Martin, Jr.   
    Title:   Chief Financial Officer
Time Warner Inc. 
 
 

 

EXHIBIT 32
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
     In connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Time Warner Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), for the quarter ended March 31, 2010, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), each of the undersigned officers of the Company certifies pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to his respective knowledge:
     1. the Report fully complies, in all material respects, with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
     2. the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
         
     
Date: May 5, 2010     /s/  Jeffrey L. Bewkes  
    Jeffrey L. Bewkes   
    Chief Executive Officer
Time Warner Inc. 
 
 
     
Date: May 5, 2010     /s/  John K. Martin, Jr.  
    John K. Martin, Jr.   
    Chief Financial Officer
Time Warner Inc.